Additional Rules Regarding Hybrid Retirement Plans, 56441-56469 [2014-22293]
Download as PDF
Vol. 79
Friday,
No. 182
September 19, 2014
Part II
Department of the Treasury
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
Additional Rules Regarding Hybrid Retirement Plans; Final Rule
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
56442
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
[TD 9693]
RIN 1545–BI16
Additional Rules Regarding Hybrid
Retirement Plans
Internal Revenue Service (IRS),
Treasury.
ACTION: Final regulations.
AGENCY:
This document contains final
regulations providing guidance relating
to applicable defined benefit plans.
Applicable defined benefit plans are
defined benefit plans that use a lump
sum-based benefit formula, including
cash balance plans and pension equity
plans, as well as other hybrid retirement
plans that have a similar effect. These
regulations provide guidance relating to
certain provisions that apply to
applicable defined benefit plans that
were added to the Internal Revenue
Code (Code) by the Pension Protection
Act of 2006, as amended by the Worker,
Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of
2008. These regulations affect sponsors,
administrators, participants, and
beneficiaries of these plans.
DATES: Effective Date: These regulations
are effective on September 19, 2014.
Applicability Date: These regulations
generally apply to plan years that begin
on or after January 1, 2016. However,
see the ‘‘Effective/Applicability Dates’’
section in this preamble for additional
information regarding the applicability
of these regulations.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Neil
S. Sandhu or Linda S. F. Marshall at
(202) 317–6700 (not a toll-free number).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
SUMMARY:
Background
This document contains amendments
to the Income Tax Regulations (26 CFR
part 1) under sections 411(a)(13),
411(b)(1), and 411(b)(5) of the Code.
Generally, a defined benefit pension
plan must satisfy the minimum vesting
standards of section 411(a) and the
accrual requirements of section 411(b)
in order to be qualified under section
401(a) of the Code. Sections 411(a)(13)
and 411(b)(5), which modify the
minimum vesting standards of section
411(a) and the accrual requirements of
section 411(b), were added to the Code
by section 701(b) of the Pension
Protection Act of 2006, Public Law 109–
280 (120 Stat. 780 (2006)) (PPA ’06).
Sections 411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5), as
well as certain effective date provisions
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
related to these sections, were
subsequently amended by the Worker,
Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of
2008, Public Law 110–458 (122 Stat.
5092 (2008)) (WRERA ’08).
Section 411(a)(13)(A) provides that an
applicable defined benefit plan (which
is defined in section 411(a)(13)(C)) is
not treated as failing to meet either (i)
the requirements of section 411(a)(2)
(subject to a special vesting rule in
section 411(a)(13)(B) with respect to
benefits derived from employer
contributions) or (ii) the requirements of
section 411(a)(11), 411(c), or 417(e),
with respect to accrued benefits derived
from employer contributions, merely
because the present value of the accrued
benefit (or any portion thereof) of any
participant is, under the terms of the
plan, equal to the amount expressed as
the balance of a hypothetical account or
as an accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average
compensation. Section 411(a)(13)(B)
requires an applicable defined benefit
plan to provide that an employee who
has completed at least 3 years of service
has a nonforfeitable right to 100 percent
of the employee’s accrued benefit
derived from employer contributions.
Under section 411(a)(13)(C)(i), an
applicable defined benefit plan is
defined as a defined benefit plan under
which the accrued benefit (or any
portion thereof) of a participant is
calculated as the balance of a
hypothetical account maintained for the
participant or as an accumulated
percentage of the participant’s final
average compensation. Under section
411(a)(13)(C)(ii), the Secretary of the
Treasury is to issue regulations which
include in the definition of an
applicable defined benefit plan any
defined benefit plan (or portion of such
a plan) which has an effect similar to a
plan described in section
411(a)(13)(C)(i).
Section 411(a) requires that a defined
benefit plan satisfy the requirements of
section 411(b)(1). Section 411(b)(1)
provides that a defined benefit plan
must satisfy one of the three accrual
rules of section 411(b)(1)(A), (B) and (C)
with respect to benefits accruing under
the plan. The three accrual rules are the
3 percent method of section
411(b)(1)(A), the 1331⁄3 percent rule of
section 411(b)(1)(B), and the fractional
rule of section 411(b)(1)(C).
Section 411(b)(1)(B) provides that a
defined benefit plan satisfies the
requirements of the 1331⁄3 percent rule
for a particular plan year if, under the
plan, the accrued benefit payable at the
normal retirement age is equal to the
normal retirement benefit, and the
annual rate at which any individual
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
who is or could be a participant can
accrue the retirement benefits payable at
normal retirement age under the plan
for any later plan year is not more than
1331⁄3 percent of the annual rate at
which the individual can accrue
benefits for any plan year beginning on
or after such particular plan year and
before such later plan year.
For purposes of applying the 1331⁄3
percent rule, section 411(b)(1)(B)(i)
provides that any amendment to the
plan which is in effect for the current
year is treated as in effect for all other
plan years. Section 411(b)(1)(B)(ii)
provides that any change in an accrual
rate which does not apply to any
individual who is or could be a
participant in the current plan year is
disregarded. Section 411(b)(1)(B)(iii)
provides that the fact that benefits under
the plan may be payable to certain
participants before normal retirement
age is disregarded. Section
411(b)(1)(B)(iv) provides that Social
Security benefits and all other relevant
factors used to compute benefits are
treated as remaining constant as of the
current plan year for all years after the
current year.
Section 411(b)(1)(G) provides that a
defined benefit plan fails to comply
with section 411(b) if the participant’s
accrued benefit is reduced on account of
any increase in the participant’s age or
service. Section 411(b)(1)(G) contains a
limited exception to this requirement
for any social security supplement.
Section 411(b)(1)(H)(i) provides that a
defined benefit plan fails to comply
with section 411(b) if, under the plan,
an employee’s benefit accrual is ceased,
or the rate of an employee’s benefit
accrual is reduced, because of the
attainment of any age. Section 411(b)(5),
which was added to the Code by section
701(b)(1) of PPA ’06, provides
additional rules related to section
411(b)(1)(H)(i). Section 411(b)(5)(A)
generally provides that a plan is not
treated as failing to meet the
requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H)(i) if
a participant’s accrued benefit, as
determined as of any date under the
terms of the plan, would be equal to or
greater than that of any similarly
situated, younger individual who is or
could be a participant. For this purpose,
section 411(b)(5)(A)(iv) provides that
the accrued benefit may, under the
terms of the plan, be expressed as an
annuity payable at normal retirement
age, the balance of a hypothetical
account, or the current value of the
accumulated percentage of the
employee’s final average compensation.
Section 411(b)(5)(G) provides that, for
purposes of section 411(b)(5), any
reference to the accrued benefit of a
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
participant refers to the participant’s
benefit accrued to date.
Section 411(b)(5)(B) imposes certain
requirements on an applicable defined
benefit plan in order for the plan to
satisfy section 411(b)(1)(H). Section
411(b)(5)(B)(i) provides that such a plan
is treated as failing to meet the
requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H) if
the terms of the plan provide for an
interest credit (or an equivalent amount)
for any plan year at a rate that is greater
than a market rate of return. Under
section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(I), a plan is not
treated as having an above-market rate
merely because the plan provides for a
reasonable minimum guaranteed rate of
return or for a rate of return that is equal
to the greater of a fixed or variable rate
of return. Section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(II)
provides that an applicable defined
benefit plan is treated as failing to meet
the requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H)
unless the plan provides that an interest
credit (or an equivalent amount) of less
than zero can in no event result in the
account balance or similar amount being
less than the aggregate amount of
contributions credited to the account.
Section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(III) authorizes the
Secretary of the Treasury to provide by
regulation for rules governing the
calculation of a market rate of return for
purposes of section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(I) and
for permissible methods of crediting
interest to the account (including fixed
or variable interest rates) resulting in
effective rates of return meeting the
requirements of section
411(b)(5)(B)(i)(I).
Sections 411(b)(5)(B)(ii),
411(b)(5)(B)(iii) and 411(b)(5)(B)(iv)
contain additional requirements that
apply if, after June 29, 2005, an
applicable plan amendment is adopted.
Section 411(b)(5)(B)(v)(I) defines an
applicable plan amendment as an
amendment to a defined benefit plan
which has the effect of converting the
plan to an applicable defined benefit
plan. Under section 411(b)(5)(B)(ii), if,
after June 29, 2005, an applicable plan
amendment is adopted, the plan is
treated as failing to meet the
requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H)
unless the requirements of section
411(b)(5)(B)(iii) are met with respect to
each individual who was a participant
in the plan immediately before the
adoption of the amendment. Section
411(b)(5)(B)(iii) specifies that, subject to
section 411(b)(5)(B)(iv), the
requirements of section 411(b)(5)(B)(iii)
are met with respect to any participant
if the accrued benefit of the participant
under the terms of the plan as in effect
after the amendment is not less than the
sum of: (I) The participant’s accrued
benefit for years of service before the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
effective date of the amendment,
determined under the terms of the plan
as in effect before the amendment; plus
(II) the participant’s accrued benefit for
years of service after the effective date
of the amendment, determined under
the terms of the plan as in effect after
the amendment. Section 411(b)(5)(B)(iv)
provides that, for purposes of section
411(b)(5)(B)(iii)(I), the plan must credit
the participant’s account or similar
amount with the amount of any early
retirement benefit or retirement-type
subsidy for the plan year in which the
participant retires if, as of such time, the
participant has met the age, years of
service, and other requirements under
the plan for entitlement to such benefit
or subsidy.
Section 411(b)(5)(B)(v) sets forth
certain provisions related to an
applicable plan amendment. Section
411(b)(5)(B)(v)(II) provides that if the
benefits under two or more defined
benefit plans of an employer are
coordinated in such a manner as to have
the effect of adoption of an applicable
plan amendment, the plan sponsor is
treated as having adopted an applicable
plan amendment as of the date the
coordination begins. Section
411(b)(5)(B)(v)(III) directs the Secretary
of the Treasury to issue regulations to
prevent the avoidance of the purposes of
section 411(b)(5)(B) through the use of
two or more plan amendments rather
than a single amendment.
Section 411(b)(5)(B)(vi) provides
special rules for determining benefits
upon termination of an applicable
defined benefit plan. Under section
411(b)(5)(B)(vi)(I), an applicable defined
benefit plan is not treated as satisfying
the requirements of section
411(b)(5)(B)(i) (regarding permissible
interest crediting rates) unless the plan
provides that, upon plan termination, if
the interest crediting rate under the plan
is a variable rate, the rate of interest
used to determine accrued benefits
under the plan is equal to the average
of the rates of interest used under the
plan during the 5-year period ending on
the termination date. In addition, under
section 411(b)(5)(B)(vi)(II), the plan
must provide that, upon plan
termination, the interest rate and
mortality table used to determine the
amount of any benefit under the plan
payable in the form of an annuity
payable at normal retirement age is the
rate and table specified under the plan
for this purpose as of the termination
date, except that if the interest rate is a
variable rate, the rate used is the average
of the rates used under the plan during
the 5-year period ending on the
termination date.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56443
Section 411(b)(5)(C) provides that a
plan is not treated as failing to meet the
requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H)(i)
solely because the plan provides offsets
against benefits under the plan to the
extent the offsets are otherwise
allowable in applying the requirements
of section 401(a). Section 411(b)(5)(D)
provides that a plan is not treated as
failing to meet the requirements of
section 411(b)(1)(H) solely because the
plan provides a disparity in
contributions or benefits with respect to
which the requirements of section 401(l)
(relating to permitted disparity for
Social Security benefits and related
matters) are met.
Section 411(b)(5)(E) provides that a
plan is not treated as failing to meet the
requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H)
solely because the plan provides for
indexing of accrued benefits under the
plan. Under section 411(b)(5)(E)(iii),
indexing means the periodic adjustment
of the accrued benefit by means of the
application of a recognized investment
index or methodology. Section
411(b)(5)(E)(ii) requires that, except in
the case of a variable annuity, the
indexing not result in a smaller benefit
than the accrued benefit determined
without regard to the indexing.
Except to the extent permitted under
section 411(d)(6) (or under another
statutory provision, including section
1107 of PPA ’06), section 411(d)(6)
prohibits a plan amendment that
decreases a participant’s accrued
benefits or that has the effect of
eliminating or reducing an early
retirement benefit or retirement-type
subsidy, or eliminating an optional form
of benefit, with respect to benefits
attributable to service before the
amendment. However, an amendment
that eliminates or decreases benefits that
have not yet accrued does not violate
section 411(d)(6), provided that the
amendment is adopted and effective
before the benefits accrue.
Section 701(a) of PPA ’06 added
provisions to the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, Public
Law 93–406 (88 Stat. 829 (1974)), as
amended (ERISA), that are parallel to
sections 411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5) of the
Code. The guidance provided in these
regulations with respect to sections
411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5) of the Code also
apply for purposes of the parallel
amendments to ERISA made by section
701(a) of PPA ’06, and the guidance
provided in these regulations with
respect to section 411(b)(1) of the Code
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
56444
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
also apply for purposes of section
204(b)(1) of ERISA.1
Section 701(c) of PPA ’06 added
provisions to the Age Discrimination in
Employment Act of 1967, Public Law
90–202 (81 Stat. 602 (1967)), that are
parallel to section 411(b)(5) of the Code.
Executive Order 12067 requires all
Federal departments and agencies to
advise and offer to consult with the
Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission (EEOC) during the
development of any proposed rules,
regulations, policies, procedures, or
orders concerning equal employment
opportunity. The Treasury Department
and the IRS have consulted with the
EEOC prior to the issuance of these
regulations.
Section 701(d) of PPA ’06 provides
that nothing in the amendments made
by section 701 should be construed to
create an inference concerning the
treatment of applicable defined benefit
plans or conversions of plans into
applicable defined benefit plans under
section 411(b)(1)(H), or concerning the
determination of whether an applicable
defined benefit plan fails to meet the
requirements of section 411(a)(2), 411(c)
or 417(e), as in effect before such
amendments, solely because the present
value of the accrued benefit (or any
portion thereof) of any participant is,
under the terms of the plan, equal to the
amount expressed as the balance of a
hypothetical account or as an
accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average
compensation.
Section 701(e) of PPA ’06 sets forth
the effective date provisions with
respect to amendments made by section
701 of PPA ’06. Section 701(e)(1)
specifies that the amendments made by
section 701 generally apply to periods
beginning on or after June 29, 2005.
Thus, the age discrimination safe
harbors under section 411(b)(5)(A) and
section 411(b)(5)(E) are effective for
periods beginning on or after June 29,
2005. Section 701(e)(2) provides that the
special present value rules of section
411(a)(13)(A) are effective for
distributions made after August 17,
2006 (the date PPA ’06 was enacted).
Under section 701(e) of PPA ‘06, the
3-year vesting rule under section
411(a)(13)(B) is generally effective for
years beginning after December 31,
2007, for a plan in existence on June 29,
2005, while, pursuant to the
amendments made by section 107(c) of
WRERA ’08, the rule is generally
1 Under section 101 of Reorganization Plan No. 4
of 1978 (43 FR 47713), the Secretary of the Treasury
has interpretive jurisdiction over the subject matter
addressed by these regulations for purposes of
ERISA, as well as the Code.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
effective for plan years ending on or
after June 29, 2005, for a plan not in
existence on June 29, 2005. The market
rate of return limitation under section
411(b)(5)(B)(i) is generally effective for
years beginning after December 31,
2007, for a plan in existence on June 29,
2005, while the limitation is generally
effective for periods beginning on or
after June 29, 2005, for a plan not in
existence on June 29, 2005. Section
701(e)(4) of PPA ’06 contains special
effective date provisions for collectively
bargained plans that modify these
effective dates.
Under section 701(e)(5) of PPA ’06, as
amended by WRERA ’08, sections
411(b)(5)(B)(ii), (iii) and (iv) apply to a
conversion amendment that is adopted
on or after, and takes effect on or after,
June 29, 2005.
Under section 701(e)(6) of PPA ’06, as
added by WRERA ’08, the 3-year vesting
rule under section 411(a)(13)(B) does
not apply to a participant who does not
have an hour of service after the date the
3-year vesting rule would otherwise be
effective.
Section 702 of PPA ’06 provides for
regulations to be prescribed by August
16, 2007, addressing the application of
rules set forth in section 701 of PPA ’06
in the case of a conversion of a defined
benefit pension plan to an applicable
defined benefit plan that is made with
respect to a group of employees who
become employees by reason of a
merger, acquisition, or similar
transaction.
Section 1.411(a)–7(a)(1) of the Income
Tax Regulations provides that, for
purposes of section 411 and the
regulations under section 411, the
accrued benefit of a participant under a
defined benefit plan is either (A) the
accrued benefit determined under the
plan if the plan provides for an accrued
benefit in the form of an annual benefit
commencing at normal retirement age,
or (B) an annual benefit commencing at
normal retirement age which is the
actuarial equivalent (determined under
section 411(c)(3) and § 1.411(c)–1)) of
the accrued benefit under the plan if the
plan does not provide for an accrued
benefit in the form of an annual benefit
commencing at normal retirement age.
Section 1.411(b)–1(a)(1) provides that
a defined benefit plan is not a qualified
plan unless the method provided by the
plan for determining accrued benefits
satisfies at least one of the alternative
methods in § 1.411(b)–1(b) for
determining accrued benefits with
respect to all active participants under
the plan. Section 1.411(b)–1(b)(2)(i)
provides that a defined benefit plan
satisfies the 1331⁄3 percent rule of
section 411(b)(1)(B) for a particular plan
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
year if (A) under the plan the accrued
benefit payable at the normal retirement
age (determined under the plan) is equal
to the normal retirement benefit
(determined under the plan), and (B) the
annual rate at which any individual
who is or could be a participant can
accrue the retirement benefits payable at
normal retirement age under the plan
for any later plan year cannot be more
than 1331⁄3 percent of the annual rate at
which the participant can accrue
benefits for any plan year beginning on
or after such particular plan year and
before such later plan year. Section
1.411(b)–1(b)(2)(ii)(A) through (D) sets
forth a series of rules that correspond to
the rules of section 411(b)(1)(B)(i)
through (iv). Section 1.411(b)–
1(b)(2)(ii)(D) provides that, for purposes
of the 1331⁄3 percent rule, for any plan
year, social security benefits and all
relevant factors used to compute
benefits, for example, the consumer
price index, are treated as remaining
constant as of the beginning of the
current plan year for all subsequent plan
years.
Final regulations (TD 9505) under
sections 411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5) (2010
final regulations) were published by the
Treasury Department and the IRS in the
Federal Register on October 19, 2010
(75 FR 64123).
Proposed regulations (REG–132554–
08) under sections 411(a)(13), 411(b)(1),
and 411(b)(5) (2010 proposed
regulations) were also published by the
Treasury Department and the IRS in the
Federal Register on October 19, 2010
(75 FR 64197). The 2010 proposed
regulations address certain issues under
sections 411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5) that
were not addressed in the 2010 final
regulations. The 2010 proposed
regulations also address one issue under
the 1331⁄3 percent rule of section
411(b)(1)(B) for defined benefit plans
that adjust benefits using a variable rate
that could be negative. The Treasury
Department and the IRS received
written comments on the 2010 proposed
regulations, and a public hearing was
held on January 26, 2011.
Notice 2011–85 (2011–44 IRB 605
(October 31, 2011)), (see
§ 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter),
announced delayed effective/
applicability dates with respect to
certain provisions in the hybrid plan
regulations. In particular, Notice 2011–
85 provided that the provisions to be
adopted under the regulations that
finalize the 2010 proposed regulations
would apply for plan years that begin on
or after the date specified in those
regulations, which would not be earlier
than January 1, 2013. Notice 2011–85
also provided that the Treasury
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
Department and the IRS intended to
amend the hybrid plan regulations to
postpone the effective/applicability date
of § 1.411(b)(5)–1(d)(1)(iii), (d)(1)(vi)
and (d)(6)(i) (the provisions that provide
that the regulations set forth the list of
the interest crediting rates and
combinations of rates that satisfy the
requirements of section 411(b)(5)(B)(i))
to match the effective/applicability date
of the new provisions in the regulations.
Notice 2011–85 further provided that,
when the 2010 proposed regulations are
finalized, it was expected that relief
from the requirements of section
411(d)(6) would be granted for a plan
amendment that eliminates or reduces a
section 411(d)(6) protected benefit,
provided that the amendment is
adopted by the last day of the first plan
year preceding the plan year for which
the 2010 proposed regulations, once
finalized, apply to the plan, and the
elimination or reduction is made only to
the extent necessary to enable the plan
to meet the requirements of section
411(b)(5). In addition, Notice 2011–85
extended the deadline for amending
cash balance and other applicable
defined benefit plans, within the
meaning of section 411(a)(13)(C), to
meet the requirements of section
411(a)(13) (other than section
411(a)(13)(A)) and section 411(b)(5),
relating to vesting and other special
rules applicable to these plans. Under
Notice 2011–85, the deadline for these
amendments was the last day of the first
plan year preceding the plan year for
which the 2010 proposed regulations,
once finalized, apply to the plan.
Notice 2012–61 (2012–42 IRB 479
(October 15, 2012)), (see
§ 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter),
announced that the regulations
described in Notice 2011–85 would not
be effective for plan years beginning
before January 1, 2014.
After consideration of the comments
received, the provisions in the 2010
proposed regulations are adopted by
this Treasury decision, subject to a
number of changes that are summarized
in this preamble. In addition, the
Treasury Department and the IRS are
issuing proposed regulations that would
permit a plan with a noncompliant
interest crediting rate to be amended so
that its interest crediting rate complies
with the market rate of return rules
without violating the section 411(d)(6)
prohibition on a plan amendment
reducing a participant’s accrued benefit.
These proposed regulations are being
issued at the same time as these final
regulations.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
Explanation of Provisions
Overview
In general, these regulations provide
guidance with respect to certain issues
under sections 411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5)
that are not addressed in the 2010 final
regulations and make certain other
changes to the final regulations under
sections 411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5). In
addition, these regulations provide
guidance with respect to one issue
under the 1331⁄3 percent rule of section
411(b)(1)(B) for defined benefit plans
that adjust benefits using a variable rate
that could be negative.
I. Section 411(a)(13): Scope of Relief of
Section 411(a)(13)(A)
A. Formulas To Which Relief Applies
Pursuant to the relief of section
411(a)(13)(A), the 2010 final regulations
provide that certain rules otherwise
applicable to benefits under a defined
benefit plan are not violated solely
because certain benefits determined
under a lump sum-based benefit
formula are based on the current lump
sum amount under that formula. The
2010 final regulations define a lump
sum-based benefit formula as a benefit
formula used to determine all or any
part of a participant’s accumulated
benefit under which the accumulated
benefit provided under the formula is
expressed as the current balance of a
hypothetical account maintained for the
participant (‘‘cash balance’’ formula) or
as the current value of an accumulated
percentage of the participant’s final
average compensation (‘‘pension equity
plan’’ or ‘‘PEP’’ formula).
For plan years that begin on or after
January 1, 2016 (or an earlier date as
elected by the taxpayer), these
regulations expand the definition of PEP
formula to include a benefit formula
that is expressed as a current single-sum
dollar amount equal to a percentage of
the participant’s highest average
compensation (with a permitted
lookback period for determining highest
average compensation, such as highest 5
out of the last 10 years).
In addition, for plan years that begin
on or after January 1, 2016, these
regulations provide that a benefit
formula does not constitute a lump sumbased benefit formula unless a
distribution of the benefits under that
formula in the form of a single-sum
payment equals the accumulated benefit
under that formula (except to the extent
the single-sum payment is greater to
satisfy the requirements of section
411(d)(6)).
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56445
B. Protections With Respect to Current
Account Balance or Current Value
The relief of section 411(a)(13)(A)
generally permits a plan to treat the
accumulated benefit under a cash
balance formula (‘‘cash balance
account’’) or the accumulated benefit
under a PEP formula (‘‘PEP
accumulation’’) as the present value of
the portion of the accrued benefit
determined under the cash balance or
PEP formula. The 2010 proposed
regulations contained three
requirements that applied to the cash
balance account or PEP accumulation.
These requirements were structured as
conditions on the availability of the
relief of section 411(a)(13)(A). A number
of commenters objected to treating these
requirements as conditions for this
relief. In response to those comments,
the structure of the regulations under
section 411(a)(13)(A) has been revised to
clarify that two of the requirements are
only intended to provide the same types
of protections to the accumulated
benefit under a cash balance formula
and under a PEP formula as are afforded
to the accrued benefit.
For example, these final regulations
provide that the relief of section
411(a)(13) does not override the
requirement for a plan that, with respect
to a participant with an annuity starting
date after normal retirement age, the
plan either provide an actuarial increase
after normal retirement age or satisfy the
requirements for suspension of benefits
under section 411(a)(3)(B). Accordingly,
with respect to such a participant, a
plan with a cash balance or PEP formula
violates the requirements of section
411(a) if the cash balance account or
PEP accumulation is not increased
sufficiently to satisfy the requirements
of section 411(a)(2) for distributions
commencing after normal retirement
age, unless the plan suspends benefits
in accordance with section 411(a)(3)(B).
Like the 2010 proposed regulations,
these final regulations provide that the
cash balance account or PEP
accumulation can only be reduced for
certain limited reasons, which generally
correspond to the limited reasons for
which the accrued benefit can be
reduced. Several commenters on the
2010 proposed regulations suggested
that it was unclear whether the
restrictions on reductions as applied to
PEP formulas were intended to cover
only reductions that reduced the
accumulated percentage that applies to
the participant’s final average
compensation or whether the
restrictions were also intended to
disallow reductions that were a result of
decreases in the participant’s final
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
56446
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
average compensation. In response to
those comments, the regulations clarify
that a reduction in the PEP
accumulation is permitted to the extent
that it results from a decrease in the
participant’s final average compensation
or from an increase in the integration
level (in the case of a formula that is
integrated with Social Security). The
regulations also contain a provision
allowing the Commissioner to add to the
list of permitted reductions through
guidance of general applicability.
Under the 2010 proposed regulations,
a cash balance formula or PEP formula
would have had to provide that the
portion of the participant’s accrued
benefit that is determined under that
formula must be actuarially equivalent
(using reasonable actuarial assumptions)
to the cash balance account or PEP
accumulation upon attainment of
normal retirement age in order to apply
the relief of section 411(a)(13)(A). Under
these final regulations, a cash balance
formula or PEP formula is treated as a
lump sum-based benefit formula to
which the relief of section 411(a)(13)(A)
applies if the portion of the participant’s
accrued benefit that is determined
under that formula is actuarially
equivalent (using reasonable actuarial
assumptions) to the cash balance
account or PEP accumulation either
upon attainment of normal retirement
age or at the annuity starting date for a
distribution with respect to that portion.
If a formula is not a lump sum-based
benefit formula, the plan must satisfy
the rules that otherwise apply for
purposes of determining benefits under
a defined benefit plan, such as applying
the minimum present value
requirements of section 417(e) to the
portion of the accrued benefit
determined under that formula in order
to determine the amount of a single-sum
distribution option.
C. Subsidies and Benefits That are Less
Than the Actuarial Equivalent of the
Cash Balance Account or PEP
Accumulation
The 2010 proposed regulations
provided that the relief of section
411(a)(13)(A) applies to an optional
form of benefit that is determined as of
the annuity starting date as the actuarial
equivalent, using reasonable actuarial
assumptions, of the cash balance
account or PEP accumulation. In
response to comments that subsidized
benefits should be permissible, the rules
in the regulations under section
411(a)(13) have been revised to clarify
that the relief of section 411(a)(13)(A)
also applies to a subsidized optional
form of benefit under a lump sum-based
benefit formula, including an early
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
retirement subsidy or a subsidized
survivor portion of a qualified joint and
survivor annuity. In particular, these
final regulations provide that, with
respect to benefits under a lump sumbased benefit formula, if an optional
form of benefit is payable in an amount
that is greater than the actuarial
equivalent, determined using reasonable
actuarial assumptions, of the cash
balance account or PEP accumulation,
then the plan satisfies the requirements
of section 411(a)(2), 411(a)(11), 411(c)
and 417(e) with respect to the amount
of that optional form of benefit.2
By contrast, section 411(a)(13)(A)
does not provide relief with respect to
an optional form of benefit that is less
than the actuarial equivalent of the cash
balance account or PEP accumulation.
Thus, the final regulations provide that
if an optional form of benefit is not at
least the actuarial equivalent, using
reasonable actuarial assumptions, of the
cash balance account or PEP
accumulation, then the relief under
section 411(a)(13)(A) does not apply in
determining whether the optional form
of benefit is the actuarial equivalent of
the portion of the accrued benefit
determined under the cash balance or
PEP formula. As a result, payment of
that optional form of benefit must
satisfy the rules applicable to payment
of the accrued benefit generally under a
defined benefit plan (without regard to
the special rules of section 411(a)(13)(A)
and the regulations), including the
requirements of section 411(a)(2) and,
for optional forms subject to the
minimum present value requirements of
section 417(e)(3), those minimum
present value requirements.
D. Clarifications Relating to Statutory
Hybrid Formulas With an Effect Similar
to a Lump Sum-Based Benefit Formula
Under the 2010 final regulations, a
formula that is not a lump sum-based
benefit formula that has an effect similar
to a lump sum-based benefit formula is
nevertheless a statutory hybrid benefit
formula. As a result, such a formula is
subject to the 3-year vesting rule of
section 411(a)(13)(B) and the rules of
section 411(b)(5), including the market
rate of return and conversion protection
requirements. However, because it is not
a lump sum-based benefit formula, such
a formula is not eligible for the relief of
2 As set forth later in this preamble, the
regulations under section 411(b)(5) provide rules
under the age discrimination safe harbor that limit
the amount of the subsidized early retirement
benefit so that it does not exceed the benefit
available to a similarly situated, older participant
with the same cash balance account or PEP
accumulation who is currently at normal retirement
age.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
section 411(a)(13)(A). In general, a
defined benefit formula that is not a
lump sum-based benefit formula has an
effect similar to a lump sum-based
benefit formula if the formula provides
that a participant’s accumulated benefit
is expressed as a benefit that includes
the right to adjustments for a future
period and the total dollar amount of
those adjustments is reasonably
expected to be smaller for the
participant than for a similarly situated,
younger individual who is or could be
a participant in the plan.
These regulations clarify certain of the
rules with respect to the determination
as to whether a formula constitutes a
formula with an effect similar to a lump
sum-based benefit formula. In
particular, these regulations clarify that
the right to adjustments for a future
period is broadly defined to mean the
right to any change in the dollar amount
of benefits over time, regardless of
whether those adjustments are
denominated as interest credits. Thus,
for example, an increase in the dollar
amount of benefits over time (such as an
actuarial increase or the unwinding of
an actuarial reduction for early
retirement) is treated as an adjustment.
However, this broad definition does
not cause a defined benefit formula to
be treated as having an effect similar to
a lump sum-based benefit formula with
respect to a participant merely because
the formula provides for a reduction in
the benefit payable at early retirement
due to early commencement (with the
result that the benefit payable at normal
retirement age is greater than the benefit
payable at early retirement), provided
that the benefit payable at normal
retirement age to the participant cannot
be less than the benefit payable at
normal retirement age to any similarly
situated, younger individual who is or
could be a participant in the plan. This
exception has the effect of excluding
traditional defined benefit formulas
(and other formulas that provide for
mere actuarial reduction for early
commencement) from treatment as a
formula with an effect similar to a lump
sum-based benefit formula,
notwithstanding the treatment of
actuarial increases in benefits over time
as adjustments.
Under the 2010 final regulations, a
variable annuity benefit formula was
defined as any benefit formula under a
defined benefit plan which provides
that the amount payable is periodically
adjusted by reference to the difference
between the rate of return on plan assets
(or specified market indices) and a
specified assumed interest rate. In
addition, the 2010 final regulations
contained a special rule that provided
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
an exception from treatment as a
formula with an effect similar to a lump
sum-based benefit formula for a variable
annuity benefit formula with an
assumed interest rate of 5 percent or
higher.
In order to clarify this exception, both
the definition and the exception have
been revised under these regulations. In
particular, the definition of variable
annuity benefit formula has been
broadened. Thus, these regulations
provide that a variable annuity benefit
formula means any benefit formula
under a defined benefit plan which
provides that the amount payable is
periodically adjusted by reference to the
difference between a rate of return (not
limited to the rate of return on plan
assets or specified market indices) and
a specified assumed interest rate. The
exception has been revised so that it is
available in the case of any variable
annuity benefit formula that adjusts the
amounts payable by reference to any
rate of return that is permissible as an
interest crediting rate under the
regulations, including the rate of return
on plan assets (or a subset of plan
assets), as described in section III.C.2 of
this preamble, or the rate of return on
an annuity contract for an employee
issued by an insurance company
licensed under the laws of a State. The
rule in the regulations that provides that
this exception is only available if the
specified assumed interest rate is 5
percent or higher has been retained.
A variable annuity benefit formula
that does not fall within the exception
must be tested to determine whether it
has an effect similar to a lump sumbased benefit formula. Such a formula is
not a statutory hybrid benefit formula if
the specified assumed interest rate is
high enough in relation to the
reasonable expectation of the rate of
return to which it is compared, such
that the adjustments under the formula
are not reasonably expected to be
positive. However, if the specified
assumed interest rate is too high in
relation to the reasonable expectation of
the rate of return to which it is
compared, a variable annuity benefit
formula risks violating section
411(b)(1)(G).
E. Formulas That Express the
Accumulated Benefit as a Single-Sum
Dollar Amount at Normal Retirement
Age
As discussed earlier in this preamble,
the 2010 final regulations define a lump
sum-based benefit formula as a benefit
formula used to determine all or any
part of a participant’s accumulated
benefit under which the accumulated
benefit provided under the formula is
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
expressed as the current balance of a
hypothetical account maintained for the
participant or as the current value of an
accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average
compensation. Under this rule, a benefit
formula is a lump sum-based benefit
formula if it expresses the accumulated
benefit as a current single-sum dollar
amount, regardless of whether interest
credits are provided.
With respect to a plan that does not
provide interest credits, there may be a
question as to whether the accumulated
benefit is a current single-sum dollar
amount or is a single-sum dollar amount
at normal retirement age. Accordingly,
the 2010 proposed regulations included
a comment request with respect to
whether a defined benefit plan that
expresses the participant’s accumulated
benefit as a current single-sum dollar
amount and that does not provide for
interest credits should be excluded from
the definition of a statutory hybrid plan.
Commenters suggested that a benefit
formula that expresses the participant’s
benefit as a current single-sum dollar
amount (for example, a PEP formula)
should be treated as a statutory hybrid
benefit formula, regardless of whether
interest credits are provided. Because
the statutory language with respect to a
cash balance formula and a PEP formula
does not specify that interest credits
must be provided, the Treasury
Department and the IRS agree with this
recommendation. As a result, the
definition of lump sum-based benefit
formula continues not to require that
interest credits be provided.
Commenters also recommended that
plans that express the accumulated
benefit as a single-sum dollar amount at
normal retirement age, rather than as a
current single-sum dollar amount,
should not be treated as statutory hybrid
plans. The Treasury Department and the
IRS generally agree with this
recommendation. Accordingly, the
definition of lump sum-based benefit
formula continues to require that the
benefit be expressed as a current singlesum dollar amount. Thus, a benefit
formula that expresses the accumulated
benefit as a single-sum dollar amount at
normal retirement age is not a statutory
hybrid benefit formula unless the
formula includes the right to
adjustments such that the formula has
an effect similar to a lump sum-based
benefit formula pursuant to
§ 1.411(a)(13)–1(d)(4)(ii) (see section I.D
of this preamble).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
believe that this treatment under the
regulations is consistent with the intent
of Congress to treat as statutory hybrid
plans generally only those defined
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56447
benefit plans that either express the
accumulated benefit as a current singlesum dollar amount or that provide for
adjustments such that the participant’s
benefit at normal retirement age is less
than that of a similarly situated, younger
individual who is or could be a
participant. This is because a defined
benefit plan that expresses the
accumulated benefit as a single-sum
dollar amount at normal retirement age
(and that does not provide a larger
benefit to the participant than to a
similarly situated, older participant) is
identical to a traditional defined benefit
plan for age discrimination purposes,
and differs in substance from a
traditional defined benefit plan only
because the benefit at normal retirement
age is expressed as a single-sum dollar
amount rather than as an annuity.
Under these rules, a defined benefit
plan that expresses the accumulated
benefit as a single-sum dollar amount
can be designed to express that
accumulated benefit as either a current
single-sum dollar amount or a singlesum dollar amount at normal retirement
age. In the former case, the formula
would be a lump sum-based benefit
formula, and therefore would be eligible
for the relief of section 411(a)(13)(A)
(and subject to the rules of sections
411(a)(13)(B) and 411(b)(5)(B)). In the
latter case, the formula would not be a
lump sum-based benefit formula, and
therefore would not be eligible for the
relief of section 411(a)(13)(A).
Because a formula that expresses the
accumulated benefit as a single-sum
dollar amount at normal retirement age
is not eligible for the relief of section
411(a)(13)(A), the accrued benefit under
such a formula is often determined
under the terms of the plan by applying
section 417(e) factors to the single-sum
dollar amount. The rules of sections
411(a)(13)(B) and 411(b)(5)(B) would
generally not apply to such a formula
(unless it is treated under the
regulations as having an effect similar to
a lump sum-based benefit formula).
Instead, all of the rules that apply to
defined benefit formulas that are not
statutory hybrid benefit formulas would
apply to such a formula. For example,
if a defined benefit plan is amended to
change the benefit formula under the
plan to a formula that expresses the
accumulated benefit as a single-sum
dollar amount at normal retirement age
(and the formula does not fall within the
definition of a benefit formula with an
effect similar to a lump sum-based
benefit formula), the amendment is not
subject to the rules that apply with
respect to a conversion amendment
under section 411(b)(5)(B)(ii).
Furthermore, the mere existence of an
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
56448
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
early retirement subsidy that meets
applicable rules would not affect this
determination.
II. Section 411(b)(1): Special Rules With
Respect to Variable Interest Crediting
Rates
The 2010 proposed regulations
contain a special rule regarding the
application of the 1331⁄3 percent rule of
section 411(b)(1)(B) 3 to a statutory
hybrid plan that adjusts benefits using
a variable interest crediting rate that can
potentially be negative in any given
year. Under this rule, for plan years that
begin on or after January 1, 2012, a plan
that determines any portion of the
participant’s accrued benefit pursuant to
a statutory hybrid benefit formula (as
defined in § 1.411(a)(13)–1(d)(4)) with a
variable interest crediting rate that was
negative for the prior plan year would
not be treated as failing to satisfy the
requirements of the 1331⁄3 percent rule
for the current plan year merely because
the section 411(b)(1)(B) backloading
calculation is performed assuming that
the variable rate is zero for the current
plan year and all future plan years.
One commenter on the 2010 proposed
regulations suggested that a special rule
under the 1331⁄3 percent rule of section
411(b)(1)(B) should not be provided for
variable interest crediting rates that can
potentially be negative. Other
commenters suggested that the interest
crediting rate to be used for purposes of
the 1331⁄3 percent rule in the case of a
variable interest crediting rate that can
potentially be negative should be
assumed to be a reasonable rate of
return (such as, for example a long-term
average of the rate of return), regardless
of the actual rate of return provided as
of the current year. However, this would
be inconsistent with section
411(b)(1)(B)(iv), which provides that for
purposes of the 1331⁄3 percent rule all
‘‘relevant factors used to compute
benefits shall be treated as remaining
constant as of the current year for all
years after the current year.’’
The special rule in the 2010 proposed
regulations provides for the use of an
assumed interest crediting rate other
than the interest crediting rate used to
compute benefits as of the current year
only to the extent necessary to permit a
statutory hybrid plan to use an interest
crediting rate that can potentially be
negative. Without such a rule, a
statutory hybrid plan that uses a
variable interest crediting rate would
not satisfy the 1331⁄3 percent rule of
section 411(b)(1)(B) if the variable
3 The 133 1/3 percent rule is the accrual rule most
commonly used by statutory hybrid plans to satisfy
the accrual rules of section 411(b)(1).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
interest crediting rate as of the current
year is negative, even if the plan does
not provide for principal credits
(sometimes referred to as pay credits)
that are an increasing percentage of pay
with increasing years or service. The
preservation of capital rule of section
411(b)(5)(B)(i)(II) provides that interest
crediting rates under a statutory hybrid
plan cannot result in the benefit
provided being less than the sum of
principal credits. Thus, Congress
contemplated a statutory hybrid plan’s
use of a variable interest crediting rate
that can potentially be negative.
Accordingly, the special rule is finalized
as proposed, except that the rule has
been modified to permit a taxpayer to
elect to apply it at an earlier date (so
that the rule is applicable for plan years
that begin on or after January 1, 2012,
or an earlier date as elected by the
taxpayer).
III. Section 411(b)(5): Special Age
Discrimination Rules, Including Rules
With Respect to the Market Rate of
Return Limitation
A. Section 411(b)(5) Age
Discrimination Safe Harbor
Pursuant to section 411(b)(5)(A), the
2010 final regulations provide that a
plan is not treated as failing to meet the
age discrimination requirements of
section 411(b)(1)(H)(i) with respect to an
individual who is or could be a
participant if, as of any date, the
accumulated benefit of the individual
would not be less than the accumulated
benefit of any similarly situated,
younger individual who is or could be
a participant. In general, this safe harbor
is available only if the accumulated
benefits being compared are expressed
under only one type of formula (that is,
cash balance formulas, PEP formulas, or
annuities payable at normal retirement
age). These regulations clarify that the
age discrimination safe harbor for cash
balance formulas and PEP formulas
under section 411(b)(5) applies only for
formulas that are lump sum-based
benefit formulas.4
Under the 2010 final regulations, the
safe harbor is available with respect to
a participant in the case of a plan that
determines some or all participants’
benefits as the sum-of, greater-of, or
choice-of two or more types of formulas
only if the participant’s benefit under
the plan is not less valuable than the
4 Because the definition of lump sum-based
benefit formula requires the benefit to be expressed
under the terms of the plan as a cash balance
formula or PEP formula, the existing language in
these safe harbors that the benefit be expressed
under the terms of the plan as a cash balance
formula or PEP formula has been eliminated as
redundant.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
benefit of a similarly situated, younger
individual who is or could be a
participant in the plan. In order to
clarify that certain limitations on
benefits (such as those that are required
in order to comply with section 415)
would not necessarily preclude a plan
from satisfying the age discrimination
safe harbor, these regulations extend the
application of the safe harbor so that the
safe harbor is also available to a plan
that expresses a participant’s
accumulated benefit as the lesser of
benefits under two or more formulas. In
addition, the regulations under section
411(a)(13) have been revised to clarify
that, in the case of lesser-of formulas,
the relief of section 411(a)(13)(A)
applies only to benefits determined
under a cash balance or PEP formula,
and to provide for a special rule with
respect to the application of the
limitation on benefits under section
415(b) to a lump sum-based benefit
formula.
Section 411(b)(5)(A)(iii) provides for a
disregard of the subsidized portion of an
early retirement benefit for purposes of
the section 411(b)(5) age discrimination
safe harbor. This is similar to the
disregard of the subsidized portion of an
early retirement benefit that applies
under section 411(b)(1)(H)(iv) for
purposes of the general age
discrimination test of section
411(b)(1)(H). The 2010 final regulations
provided certain guidance as to what
constitutes the subsidized portion of an
early retirement benefit for purposes of
the section 411(b)(5) age discrimination
safe harbor. These final regulations
revise and clarify such guidance. In
particular, in order to facilitate phased
retirement, these final regulations
remove the requirement that a
subsidized portion of an early
retirement benefit must be contingent
on a participant’s severance from
employment. In addition, these final
regulations provide that an early
retirement benefit includes a subsidized
portion only if it provides a higher
actuarial present value on account of
commencement before normal
retirement age. These final regulations
also provide for a disregard of the
subsidized portion of an early
retirement benefit for purposes of the
special age discrimination test under
section 411(b)(5)(E) that applies for
indexed benefits.
However, these final regulations
provide that, for plan years that begin
on or after January 1, 2016, if the annual
benefit payable before normal
retirement age is greater for a participant
than the annual benefit under the
corresponding form of benefit for any
similarly situated, older individual who
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
is or could be a participant and who is
currently at or before normal retirement
age, then that excess is not part of the
subsidized portion of an early
retirement benefit and, accordingly, is
not disregarded for age discrimination
purposes. Thus, if more than a
subsidized portion of an early
retirement benefit is provided to a
participant, that additional benefit is not
disregarded for purposes of the section
411(b)(5) age discrimination safe harbor
(and, as a result, the safe harbor
typically would not be satisfied). For
purposes of determining whether the
annual benefit payable before normal
retirement age is greater for a participant
than the annual benefit under the
corresponding form of benefit for any
similarly situated, older individual who
is or could be a participant, social
security leveling options and social
security supplements are disregarded. In
addition, a plan is not treated as
providing a greater annual benefit to a
participant than to a similarly situated,
older individual who is or could be a
participant merely because the
reduction (based on actuarial
equivalence, using reasonable actuarial
assumptions) in the amount of an
annuity to reflect a survivor benefit is
smaller for the participant than for a
similarly situated, older individual who
is or could be a participant.
B. Conversion Amendments
The 2010 final regulations provide
that a participant in a defined benefit
plan whose benefits are affected by an
amendment that converts the benefit
formula under the plan from a formula
that is not a statutory hybrid benefit
formula to a statutory hybrid benefit
formula (conversion amendment)
generally must be provided with a
benefit after the conversion that, in
accordance with the requirements of
section 411(b)(5)(B)(ii), is at least equal
to the sum of benefits accrued through
the date of conversion and benefits
earned after the conversion, with no
permitted interaction between the two
portions. The 2010 final regulations
provide for an alternative method of
satisfying the conversion protection
requirements that applies if an opening
hypothetical account balance or opening
accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average compensation
is established at the time of the
conversion and the plan provides for
separate calculation of (1) the benefit
attributable to the opening hypothetical
account balance (including interest
credits attributable thereto) or
attributable to the opening accumulated
percentage of the participant’s final
average compensation and (2) the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
benefit attributable to post-conversion
service under the post-conversion
benefit formula. Under this alternative,
the plan must provide that, when a
participant commences benefits, the
participant’s benefit will be increased if
the benefit attributable to the opening
hypothetical account or opening
accumulated percentage that is payable
in the particular optional form of benefit
selected is less than the benefit accrued
under the plan prior to the date of
conversion and that was payable in the
same generalized optional form of
benefit (within the meaning of
§ 1.411(d)–3(g)(8)) at the same annuity
starting date.
Several commenters requested that
the regulations illustrate the application
of the conversion rules for a plan that
uses this alternative method of
satisfying the conversion protection
requirements, with respect to a
participant who selects a single-sum
distribution option of the participant’s
entire benefit under the plan after a
conversion amendment. In order to
respond to this request, a new example
has been added to the regulations to
illustrate that the participant must be
provided with the benefit attributable to
post-conversion service, plus the greater
of the benefit attributable to the opening
hypothetical account balance or the
section 417(e) present value at the
annuity starting date of the participant’s
pre-conversion benefit.
The 2010 proposed regulations
included a proposed rule whereby
certain plans could satisfy the
conversion protection requirements by
establishing an opening hypothetical
account balance without a subsequent
comparison of benefits at the annuity
starting date. The proposed rule
included a number of requirements
intended to make it reasonably likely
that the hypothetical account balance
used to replicate the pre-conversion
benefit (the opening hypothetical
account balance and interest credits on
that account balance) would in most,
but not necessarily all, cases provide a
benefit at least as large as the preconversion benefit for all periods after
the conversion amendment.
Several commenters found the
proposed rule overly burdensome, due
to the many restrictions and
requirements. One commenter strongly
opposed any conversion alternative that
could result in any participant receiving
less than the sum of the benefit under
the pre-conversion formula plus the
benefit under the hybrid formula at the
annuity starting date. The Treasury
Department and the IRS agree that the
proposed rule was complex and that it
is not feasible to create a simple rule
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56449
while also ensuring that participants
cannot receive less than is required
under sections 411(b)(5)(B)(ii),
411(b)(5)(B)(iii) and 411(b)(5)(B)(iv). As
a result, the final regulations only
permit the conversion alternative that
was included in the 2010 final
regulations, where an opening
hypothetical account balance or opening
accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average compensation
is established and benefits are compared
at the annuity starting date.
Consequently, if in reliance on the 2010
proposed regulations, a plan sponsor
used the proposed rule to satisfy the
conversion protection requirements for
plan years that begin on or after January
1, 2012, then the plan must be amended
so that distributions with an annuity
starting date in a plan year that begins
on or after January 1, 2016 satisfy the
rules in the final regulations with
respect to conversion amendments.
C. Market Rate of Return
General Rules With Respect to Crediting
Interest
Pursuant to section 411(b)(5)(B), the
2010 final regulations provide that a
statutory hybrid plan satisfies the
requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H)
prohibiting age discrimination only if
the plan does not credit interest at a rate
that is greater than a market rate of
return. Section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(III) gives
the Secretary the authority to provide by
regulation for rules governing the
calculation of a market rate of return
and for permissible methods of crediting
interest resulting in effective rates of
return that are not greater than a market
rate of return.
The 2010 final regulations set forth
certain requirements that apply to a
statutory hybrid plan that provides for
interest credits. Under these
requirements, such a plan must credit
interest at least annually, and the plan
terms must specify how interest credits
are determined, including the timing of
the crediting of interest credits. In
addition, the 2010 final regulations
contain a list of rates that satisfy the
requirement that the plan not credit
interest at an effective rate that is greater
than a market rate of return, while not
permitting other rates.
In evaluating whether a particular rate
(or combination of rates) provides an
effective rate of return that is not greater
than a market rate of return for purposes
of inclusion on the list of permitted
rates under the 2010 final and proposed
regulations, the Treasury Department
and the IRS considered all fixed and
variable components (taking into
account any minimum rate of return and
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
56450
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
the cumulative zero floor provided by
the statutory preservation of capital
rule). This approach was taken because
of the age discrimination concerns with
statutory hybrid plans that credit
interest such that the effective rate of
return is greater than a market rate of
return (as occurs when, for example, the
combination of a variable rate of return
and a fixed minimum rate provides an
effective rate of return that is greater
than a market rate of return). In such a
case, a younger participant is able to
benefit from the above-market rate for a
longer period—and therefore receive a
more valuable benefit—than a similarly
situated, older participant.
A number of commenters objected to
the provision under the 2010 final
regulations under which a plan that
credits interest using an interest
crediting rate not on the list of rates in
the regulations does not satisfy the
requirement that the interest crediting
rate not be greater than a market rate of
return. These commenters asked that the
regulations provide a list of safe harbor
interest crediting rates deemed to be not
greater than a market rate of return for
purposes of the requirements of section
411(b)(5)(B) and also permit the use of
other interest crediting rates that do not
exceed a market rate of return. However,
this approach would require the IRS to
evaluate the characteristics of an
unrestricted set of interest crediting
rates to determine whether the
particular interest crediting rate under
each plan exceeds a market rate of
return. For example, a particular
investment-based interest crediting rate
available in the market might be so
volatile that the combination of the rate
and the statutory cumulative zero floor
provides an effective rate of return that
is greater than a market rate of return.
As another example, an interest
crediting rate based on an index
determined with reference to current
yields on bonds that are lower in quality
than the bonds used to determine the
third segment rate might provide a rate
of return that is greater than a market
rate of return because that rate of return
is not adjusted downward to reflect the
occurrence of defaults in those lower
quality bonds. It is theoretically possible
to adjust an otherwise above-market rate
downward (for example, through the
use of a maximum or the application of
a percentage or basis points reduction
applied to the variable rate of return) so
that the resulting adjusted rate does not
exceed a market rate of return. However,
it would not be administratively feasible
for the IRS to evaluate each combination
of a particular variable rate of return and
a minimum rate, a maximum rate, or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
some other type of adjustment, to
determine whether the combination
provides an effective rate of return that
exceeds a market rate of return.
Accordingly, pursuant to the authority
provided under section
411(b)(5)(B)(i)(III), the regulations
continue to specify which interest
crediting rates (including fixed rates,
variable rates, and combinations of
rates) satisfy the market rate of return
requirements of section 411(b)(5)(B),
while not permitting other rates.5
Although these final regulations
continue to specify which interest
crediting rates satisfy the market rate of
return requirement, the list of rates has
been expanded to include certain
additional rates not permitted under the
2010 final and proposed regulations. In
order to allow for the list of permitted
rates to be further expanded in the
future, these final regulations include a
provision that permits the
Commissioner, in guidance published in
the Internal Revenue Bulletin, to
increase the specific interest crediting
rates set forth in the regulations (such as
by increasing the maximum permitted
margin that can be added to one or more
of the safe harbor rates, increasing the
maximum permitted fixed rate, or
increasing a maximum permitted annual
floor). In addition, these final
regulations include a provision that
permits the Commissioner, in guidance
published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin, to provide for additional
interest crediting rates that satisfy the
requirement that they not exceed a
market rate of return for purposes of
section 411(b)(5)(B). Thus, for example,
the Commissioner could in the future,
in guidance published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin, permit a plan to use
an annual floor in conjunction with an
investment-based rate that is reduced so
that the effective rate of return does not
exceed a market rate of return. Such an
annual floor would allow plans using
plan assets or other investment-based
market rates that may be negative in
some periods to assure positive annual
interest credits that could be used in
determining benefits and in projecting
them for purposes of section
411(b)(1)(B).
2. Use of Adjusted Segment Rates as
Interest Crediting Rates
The 2010 final regulations provide
that each of the three segment rates
described in section 430(h)(2)(C)(i), (ii)
and (iii) (which are generally used for
5 As set forth in the ‘‘Effective/Applicability
Date’’ section of this preamble, these provisions of
the regulations apply for plan years that begin on
or after January 1, 2016.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
purposes of applying the minimum
funding requirements for singleemployer defined benefit plans) is a
permissible interest crediting rate under
a statutory hybrid plan. Section
40211(a) of the Moving Ahead for
Progress in the 21st Century Act, Public
Law 112–141 (126 Stat. 405 (2012))
(MAP–21), added section
430(h)(2)(C)(iv) to the Code, generally
effective for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2012. Section
430(h)(2)(C)(iv) provides that each of the
three segment rates for a plan year is
adjusted as necessary to fall within a
specified range that is determined based
on an average of the corresponding
segment rates for the 25-year period
ending on September 30 of the calendar
year preceding the first day of that plan
year. Section 2003 of the Highway and
Transportation Funding Act of 2014,
Public Law 113–159 (128 Stat. 1839
(2014)) (HATFA), modified the ranges
set forth in section 430(h)(2)(C)(iv).
These final regulations provide that a
statutory hybrid plan is permitted to
credit interest using one of the
unadjusted segment rates (without
regard to section 430(h)(2)(C)(iv)) or one
of the adjusted segment rates (as
adjusted by application of section
430(h)(2)(C)(iv)), as specified under the
terms of the plan. If future interest
credits with respect to principal credits
that have already accrued are
determined using either an adjusted or
an unadjusted segment rate, then any
subsequent amendment to change to
another interest crediting rate with
respect to those principal credits
(including a change from the adjusted
rate to an unadjusted segment rate, or
vice versa) must satisfy the
requirements of section 411(d)(6).
3. Rate of Return on Plan Assets or a
Subset of Plan Assets
The 2010 final regulations include a
market rate of return rule that permits
indexed benefits (such as those
provided under a variable annuity
benefit formula) to be adjusted using the
actual rate of return on the aggregate
assets of the plan, if plan assets are
diversified so as to minimize the
volatility of returns. Similar to the 2010
proposed regulations, these final
regulations extend this rule to statutory
hybrid plans generally, so that a plan
may credit interest under a cash balance
formula using an interest crediting rate
equal to the actual rate of return on the
aggregate assets of the plan, if plan
assets are diversified to minimize the
volatility of returns.
One commenter suggested that it
should be permissible to adjust a
participant’s benefit under a statutory
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
hybrid benefit formula based on the rate
of return on a subset of plan assets.
There may be a number of reasons why
a plan sponsor may find it useful to
design a plan so that a participant’s
benefit is adjusted based on a subset of
plan assets. For example, a plan sponsor
may wish to credit interest based on a
rate of return that differs for different
groups of participants (such as using a
more conservative, or less volatile,
subset of plan assets for long service
employees). Similarly, a plan sponsor
may wish to credit interest based on a
rate of return that excludes certain
subsets of plan assets (for example,
excluding assets associated with
traditional defined benefit plan
liabilities after a conversion amendment
or otherwise excluding a residual subset
of assets associated with liabilities for
those participants whose benefits are
not adjusted under the statutory hybrid
benefit formula).
In order to permit these plan designs,
these final regulations expand the list of
permissible interest crediting rates by
permitting a variable annuity benefit
formula to provide adjustments (and a
cash balance formula to credit interest)
using the rate of return on a subset of
plan assets, if certain requirements are
satisfied. Specifically, these final
regulations provide that an interest
crediting rate equal to the actual rate of
return on the assets within a specified
subset of plan assets, including both
positive and negative returns, is not in
excess of a market rate of return if: (1)
The subset of plan assets is diversified
so as to minimize the volatility of
returns (this requirement is satisfied if
the subset of plan assets is diversified
such that it would meet the
diversification requirement that must be
met in order for aggregate plan assets to
be used as an interest crediting rate), (2)
the aggregate fair market value of
qualifying employer securities and
qualifying employer real property
(within the meaning of section 407 of
ERISA) held in the subset of plan assets
does not exceed 10 percent of the fair
market value of the aggregate assets in
the subset; 6 and (3) the fair market
value of the assets within the subset of
plan assets approximates the liabilities
for benefits that are adjusted by
reference to the rate of return on the
assets within the subset, determined
using reasonable actuarial assumptions.
Under this rule, there can be a residual
subset of plan assets for liabilities that
are not adjusted by reference to a subset
(such as a subset consisting of a
6 The 10 percent limitation is similar to the
limitation that applies with respect to aggregate
plan assets under section 407 of ERISA.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
dedicated bond portfolio designed to
satisfy liabilities with respect to
retirees). In addition, if other applicable
requirements are satisfied, this rule
would permit a plan to base adjustments
on the rate of return on different subsets
for different groups of participants. The
regulations include examples that
illustrate the use of the rate of return on
a subset of plan assets as a permitted
interest crediting rate.
4. Rate of Return on a RIC or Other
Collective Investments
Like the 2010 proposed regulations,
these final regulations also permit a
statutory hybrid plan to credit interest
using the rate of return on a regulated
investment company (RIC) that meets
certain standards. Specifically, these
final regulations provide that an interest
crediting rate is not in excess of a
market rate of return if it is equal to the
rate of return on a RIC, as defined in
section 851, that is reasonably expected
to be not significantly more volatile than
the broad United States equities market
or a similarly broad international
equities market. For example, a RIC that
has most of its assets invested in
securities of issuers (including other
RICs) concentrated in an industry sector
or a country other than the United
States generally would not meet this
requirement. Likewise, a RIC that uses
leverage, or that has significant
investment in derivative financial
products, for the purpose of achieving
returns that amplify the returns of an
unleveraged investment, generally
would not meet this requirement. Thus,
a RIC that has most of its investments
concentrated in the semiconductor
industry or that uses leverage in order
to provide a rate of return that is twice
the rate of return on the Standard &
Poor’s 500 index (S&P 500) would not
meet this requirement. On the other
hand, a RIC that has investments that
track the rate of return on the S&P 500,
a broad-based ‘‘small-cap’’ index (such
as the Russell 2000 index), or a broadbased international equities index
would meet this requirement. The
requirement that the RIC’s investments
not be concentrated in an industry
sector or a specific foreign country is
intended to limit the volatility of the
returns, as well as the risk inherent in
non-diversified investments. Similarly,
the requirement that the RIC not provide
leveraged returns is intended to limit
the volatility of the returns provided.
Subject to these requirements, the rule
is intended to provide plan sponsors
with greater flexibility in choosing a
permissible rate of return than would be
provided if the regulations were to list
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56451
particular RICs or indices that satisfy
the market rate of return requirement.
Several commenters suggested that it
should be permissible for a statutory
hybrid plan to credit interest using the
rate of return on any investment
available in the plan sponsor’s defined
contribution plan. Because the
combination of a rate of return on an
investment available in the plan
sponsor’s defined contribution plan and
the statutory cumulative zero floor may
provide an effective rate of return that
is greater than a market rate of return,
these final regulations do not provide
that the rate of return on an investment
is a permissible interest crediting rate
merely because the investment is
available in the plan sponsor’s defined
contribution plan. However, a subset of
plan assets of a statutory hybrid plan
could be comprised of investments that
are options under the plan sponsor’s
defined contribution plan (which could
be owned through a collective
investment vehicle). In such a case, if
the requirements set forth earlier are
satisfied with respect to that subset, the
rate of return on that subset would be
a permissible interest crediting rate. In
addition, if an investment available in
the plan sponsor’s defined contribution
plan is a RIC that meets the
requirements of the preceding
paragraph, the rate of return on that RIC
would also be a permissible interest
crediting rate.
5. Permitted Fixed Rate
Section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(III) authorizes
the Treasury Department to issue
regulations permitting a fixed rate of
interest under the rules relating to a
market rate of return. However,
reconciling a plan’s ability to provide a
fixed interest crediting rate with the
requirement under section
411(b)(5)(B)(i)(I) that an interest
crediting rate ‘‘for any plan year shall be
at a rate which is not greater than a
market rate of return’’ [emphasis added]
presents unique challenges because, by
definition, fixed rates do not adjust with
the market. As a result, the use of any
fixed rate will result in an interest
crediting rate that is above a thencurrent market rate of interest during
any period in which the current market
rate falls below the fixed rate.
In light of this fact, the Treasury
Department and the IRS believe that, in
order to satisfy the market rate of return
requirement, any fixed interest crediting
rate allowed under the rules must not be
expected to exceed future market rates
of interest, except infrequently, by small
amounts, and for limited durations.
Prior to the publication of the 2010
proposed regulations, the Treasury
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
56452
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
6. Permitted Annual and Cumulative
Floors
As part of the historical modeling of
rates done prior to the publication of the
2010 proposed regulations, the Treasury
Department and the IRS modeled the
historical distribution of rates of interest
on long-term investment grade corporate
bonds to determine the additional value
added by various fixed floors used in
conjunction with these rates. Based on
this modeling, the 2010 proposed
regulations would have provided that a
fixed floor up to 4 percent was
permissible in connection with any of
the permissible bond-based interest
crediting rates. Several commenters
requested that the fixed floor used in
conjunction with the bond-based rates
be increased by at least 100 basis points.
Prior to the publication of these
regulations, the Treasury Department
and the IRS undertook the same analysis
as was undertaken prior to the
publication of the 2010 proposed
regulations, using additional historical
data. In addition, the Treasury
Department and the IRS modeled the
historical distribution of the 30-year
Treasury rate with fixed floors of
various values compared to the
historical distribution of rates of interest
on long-term investment grade corporate
bonds. The rates permitted under Notice
96–8 (‘‘Notice 96–8 rates’’), including
the government bond-based rates such
as the 30-year Treasury rate, are
generally expected to be lower than the
rate of interest on long-term investment
grade corporate bonds. As a result, the
annual floor used in conjunction with
the Notice 96–8 rates can be increased
to some extent without adding so much
additional value that the effective rate of
return is greater than a market rate of
return. Accordingly, the final
regulations provide that it is permissible
for a plan to utilize an annual floor of
up to 5 percent in conjunction with any
of the Notice 96–8 rates.7 Like the 2010
proposed regulations, these regulations
continue to provide that a plan can
utilize an annual floor of up to 4 percent
in conjunction with the third segment
rate (the rate of interest on long-term
investment grade corporate bonds), or in
conjunction with the first or second
segment rates.
In contrast, because of the volatility of
a rate of return that reflects changes in
the price level of underlying
investments (‘‘investment-based rate’’),
adding an annual floor to an
investment-based rate often provides an
effective rate of return on a cumulative
basis that far exceeds the rate of return
provided by the investment-based rate
without such a floor. Also, commenters
on both the 2007 proposed regulations
and the 2010 proposed regulations
generally did not request that such an
annual floor be permitted. Accordingly,
the final regulations do not allow the
use of an annual floor in conjunction
with any of the permissible investmentbased rates (i.e., the rate of return on
plan assets, a subset of plan assets, or a
RIC).
On the other hand, if, instead of
applying a floor on each year’s rate of
return, a cumulative floor is applied to
an investment-based rate, the effective
rate of return is not necessarily
substantially greater than the rate of
return provided without the floor.
Specifically, the Treasury Department
and the IRS have determined that, based
on the modeling of long-term historical
returns, a 3 percent floor that applies
cumulatively (in the aggregate from the
date of each principal credit until the
annuity starting date, without a floor on
the rate of return provided in any
interim period) could be combined with
a permissible investment-based rate (or
7 These regulations conform the names of the
government bond-based rates that are permitted to
be used pursuant to this rule to the names of the
rates set forth in Notice 96–8.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Department and the IRS modeled the
difference between account balances
credited with interest credits
determined using various fixed interest
rates and account balances credited
with interest credits determined using
long-term investment grade corporate
bond yields, based on a stochastic
distribution of those yields that reflects
the historical distribution of those
yields. Based on that modeling, a
maximum fixed interest crediting rate of
5% per year was included in the
proposed regulations.
This analysis was undertaken again
prior to the publication of these
regulations, using additional historical
data. Based on the additional historical
data, the Treasury Department and the
IRS have determined that a fixed
interest crediting rate of up to 6 percent
satisfies these criteria and that any
higher fixed rate would result in an
effective rate of return that is in excess
of a market rate of return. In addition to
satisfying the market rate of return
requirements, a fixed 6 percent rate of
interest is deemed to be not in excess of
the third segment rate described in
section 417(e)(3)(D) or 430(h)(2)(C)(iii)
(and, therefore, a plan that uses such a
rate is permitted to use the special rule
described in section III.E of this
preamble to switch to the third segment
rate without providing section 411(d)(6)
protection).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
any other permissible rate), without
increasing the effective rate of return to
such an extent that the effective rate of
return would be in excess of a market
rate of return. As a result, like the 2010
proposed regulations, the regulations
provide that a plan that determines
interest credits using any particular
interest crediting rate that satisfies the
market rate of return limitation does not
provide an effective interest crediting
rate in excess of a market rate of return
merely because the plan provides that
the participant’s benefit, as of the
participant’s annuity starting date, is
equal to the greater of the benefit
determined using the interest crediting
rate and the benefit determined as if the
plan had used a fixed annual interest
crediting rate equal to 3 percent (or a
lower rate) for all principal credits that
are made during the guarantee period.
For this purpose, the guarantee period is
the prospective period that begins on
the date the cumulative floor begins to
apply to the participant’s benefit and
that ends on the date on which that
cumulative floor ceases to apply to the
participant’s benefit.
These regulations provide that the
determination of the amount payable
pursuant to the guarantee provided by
any cumulative floor with respect to the
participant’s benefit is made only as of
an annuity starting date on which a
distribution of the participant’s entire
benefit as of that date under the plan’s
statutory hybrid benefit formula
commences. These final regulations
provide special rules in the case of a
participant who has multiple annuity
starting dates, in order to ensure that
prior annuity starting dates are taken
into account in determining the
guarantee provided by a cumulative
floor. These special rules in the case of
a participant who has multiple annuity
starting dates are largely substantively
unchanged from rules in the 2010
proposed regulations, except that
language has been clarified to provide
that the comparison involves a
comparison of the accumulated benefit
to which the guarantee applies to the
sum of principal credits to which the
guarantee applies (and to conform to
similar changes made to the rules with
respect to the application of the
preservation of capital requirement to a
participant who has multiple annuity
starting dates, as described later in
section II.C.8 of this preamble, except
that the new special rule for participants
with 5 or more 1-year breaks in service
applies only to the preservation of
capital requirement).
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
Maximum
permitted floor
Variable rate
Notice 96–8 rate (for example, the yield on 30-year Treasury Constant Maturities) ....................................................
1st, 2nd, or 3rd segment rate .........................................................................................................................................
Investment-based rate (for example, the rate of return on aggregate plan assets) ......................................................
7. Permitted Margins on Government
Bond-Based Rates
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
A number of commenters suggested
that the permitted margins used in
conjunction with the permitted
government bond-based interest
crediting rates be increased to make
these rates more equivalent to the third
segment rate. As clarified in these
regulations, the permitted government
bond-based rates and margins are the
same as those that were permitted under
Notice 96–8. These rates and margins
have largely been maintained for the
convenience of plan sponsors, so that a
plan that has been using a Notice 96–
8 rate can continue to do so.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
understand that very few plans with
government bond-based rates have
margins in excess of those provided
under Notice 96–8. Moreover, there are
several methods by which a plan can
credit interest based on a bond-based
rate that is expected to be greater than
a Notice 96–8 rate. For example, a plan
that is using a Notice 96–8 rate can be
amended to switch to the third segment
rate for purposes of determining all
future interest credits without the need
to preserve the Notice 96–8 rate with
respect to benefits accrued before the
applicable amendment date if, on the
effective date of the amendment, the
third segment rate is not lower than the
Notice 96–8 rate that would have
applied in the absence of the
amendment (and the other requirements
of § 1.411(b)(5)–1(e)(3)(ii), which are
described in section III.E of this
preamble, are satisfied). In addition,
because a plan can provide for a rate of
return that is the lesser of a permitted
rate and any other rate, a plan could
adopt an interest crediting rate with
respect to future pay credits that is the
lesser of the third segment rate and a
government bond-based rate described
in Notice 96–8 with a margin, even if
that margin exceeds the margin
permitted under these final regulations.
8. Other Rules With Respect to Crediting
Interest
Like the 2010 proposed regulations,
these final regulations include a rule
that provides that a plan is not treated
as failing to meet the interest crediting
requirements merely because the plan
does not provide for interest credits on
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
amounts distributed prior to the end of
the interest crediting period. Thus, if a
plan credits interest at annual or more
frequent period intervals, the plan is not
required to credit interest on amounts
that were distributed between the dates
on which interest under the plan is
credited to the account balance. Also,
the rule in the 2010 proposed
regulations that allows plans to credit
interest taking into account increases or
decreases to the participant’s
accumulated benefit that occur during
the period has been finalized as
proposed.
The 2010 final regulations provide
that a statutory hybrid plan does not
provide an effective interest crediting
rate that is in excess of a market rate of
return merely because the plan
determines an interest credit by
applying different rates to different
predetermined portions of the
accumulated benefit, provided each rate
would be a permissible rate if the rate
applied to the entire accumulated
benefit. With respect to this provision,
some commenters suggested that the
regulations should be explicit that a
single rate that is a specified blend of
multiple rates that applies to the entire
cash balance account is permissible, as
is applying different rates to different
specified subaccounts of the cash
balance account. The Treasury
Department and the IRS believe that the
current rule accommodates such a
blended rate, since the predetermined
portion to which a rate applies can
either be a specified percentage of the
cash balance account or a specified
subaccount. As a result, the rule with
respect to blended rates remains
unchanged in the regulations.
These final regulations make some
clarifying changes to the preservation of
capital requirement that was included
in the 2010 final regulations. In
particular, these final regulations clarify
that the preservation of capital
requirement involves a comparison of
the accumulated benefit to the sum of
all principal credits and that the
requirement is applied only as of an
annuity starting date with respect to
which a distribution of the participant’s
entire vested benefit under the plan’s
statutory hybrid benefit formula as of
that date commences.
Like the 2010 proposed regulations,
these final regulations provide special
PO 00000
Frm 00013
56453
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
5 percent annual.
4 percent annual.
3 percent cumulative.
rules in the case of a participant who
has multiple annuity starting dates, in
order to ensure that prior annuity
starting dates are taken into account in
determining the amount of the
guarantee provided under the
preservation of capital requirement.
Although the preservation of capital
requirement applies only as of an
annuity starting date with respect to
which a distribution of the participant’s
entire vested benefit under the plan’s
statutory hybrid benefit formula as of
that date commences, all prior annuity
starting dates (including annuity
starting dates with respect to partial
distributions) are taken into account
when applying the preservation of
capital requirement as of that annuity
starting date.
The special rules with respect to the
preservation of capital requirement for a
participant who has multiple annuity
starting dates remain largely unchanged
from the rules in the 2010 proposed
regulations, except that these rules have
been revised to reflect corresponding
changes in the regulations that
explicitly permit certain subsidies
under statutory hybrid plans.
One commenter requested that the
special rules with respect to the
preservation of capital requirement for a
participant who has multiple annuity
starting dates not apply in the case of a
participant who has experienced a break
in service. In response to this comment,
a new rule has been added to the
regulations. Under this new rule of
administrative convenience, a plan is
permitted to provide that, in the case of
a participant who receives a distribution
of the entire vested benefit under the
plan and thereafter completes 5
consecutive 1-year breaks in service, the
preservation of capital requirement is
applied without regard to the prior
period of service. Thus, in the case of
such a participant, the plan is permitted
to provide that the preservation of
capital requirement is applied
disregarding the principal credits and
distributions that occurred before the
breaks in service. Application of this
rule could result in a participant
receiving a greater benefit (but never
less) than would otherwise be provided
without such a rule.
Because section 411(a)(13)(A) does
not override the requirement that a
defined benefit plan either provide an
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
56454
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
actuarial increase after normal
retirement age or satisfy the
requirements for suspension of benefits,
a statutory hybrid plan that does not
suspend benefits in accordance with
section 411(a)(3)(B) will have to provide
for adjustments in excess of the benefits
determined using the plan’s interest
crediting rate if the interest crediting
rate is insufficient to provide the
required actuarial increases. However,
without a special rule, that greater
benefit could cause the market rate of
return requirements to be violated.
Thus, like the 2010 proposed
regulations, these final regulations
provide for a special rule that allows for
any required adjustments after normal
retirement age to be provided as interest
credits without violating the market rate
of return requirements.
D. Plan Termination
Like the 2010 proposed regulations,
the regulations provide special rules
that apply for purposes of determining
interest crediting rates and certain other
plan factors under a statutory hybrid
benefit formula after the plan
termination date of a statutory hybrid
plan, including guidance with respect to
5-year averaging of rates under section
411(b)(5)(B)(vi). The terms of a statutory
hybrid plan must reflect these rules.
The regulations provide guidance as
to the interest crediting rate used to
determine benefits after the plan
termination date. Several commenters
on the 2010 proposed regulations
suggested that additional guidance is
needed as to the rules that apply with
respect to the annuity conversion
interest rates and factors that apply after
the plan termination date, as well as the
mortality table that is used after the plan
termination date. In response to these
comments, these regulations provide
additional guidance as to annuity
conversion rates, factors, and mortality
tables.
Similar to the 2010 proposed
regulations, the regulations provide that
a plan satisfies the plan termination
requirements only if the interest
crediting rate used to determine a
participant’s accumulated benefit for
interest crediting periods that end after
the plan termination date is equal to the
average of the interest rates used under
the plan during the 5-year period ending
on the plan termination date. Pursuant
to section 411(d)(5)(B)(vi), the actual
interest crediting rate (taking into
account minimums, maximums, and
other adjustments) used under the plan
for the interest crediting period
generally is used for purposes of
determining the average of the interest
rates. However, section 411(b)(5)(B)(vi)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
does not provide a rule for periods in
which an investment-based rate of
return, rather than a variable interest
rate, is used under the plan to determine
interest credits. In addition, the trailing
5-year average of an investment-based
rate of return may be unreasonably high
or unreasonably low and, unlike the
trailing 5-year average of an interest
rate, will have little, if any, correlation
to the actual future investment-based
rate of return. As a result, the Treasury
Department and the IRS do not believe
it is appropriate for the trailing 5-year
average of an investment-based rate of
return to be used to determine benefits
after plan termination.
The 2010 proposed regulations would
have substituted the third segment rate
generally for interest crediting rates that
are not based on interest rates. A
number of commenters suggested that
the substitution of the third segment
rate would make plan termination
unduly costly for plans that used
investment-based interest crediting
rates. While the future return of an
investment that includes an equity
component may be expected to be
higher than the third segment rate, the
Treasury Department and the IRS note
that the third segment rate is normally
higher than the rate used under defined
benefit plans for other purposes,
including funding, and agree that the
third segment rate is inappropriately
high for purposes of substituting a fixed
rate of return for periods after the plan’s
termination date. Consistent with the
statutory language of section
411(b)(5)(B)(vi)(I), the Treasury
Department and the IRS continue to
believe it is appropriate to substitute a
rate of interest used under the plan for
those periods in which an investmentbased rate of return was used to
determine interest credits. However, in
lieu of the third segment rate, the final
regulations provide that the second
segment rate under section
430(h)(2)(C)(ii) (determined without
regard to section 430(h)(2)(C)(iv)) for the
last calendar month ending before the
beginning of the interest crediting
period, generally must be substituted for
an investment-based rate of return that
applied for that interest crediting
period. For many plans, the second
segment rate is close to the effective
interest rate that is used for funding
purposes, and thus the substitute
interest rate frequently will approximate
the plan’s funding discount rate
(without being affected by the specific
plan demographics).
The regulations contain certain rules
of application with respect to these plan
termination rules, including rules with
respect to section 411(d)(6) protected
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
benefits. The regulations also include
examples to illustrate the application of
these plan termination rules. In
response to a commenter’s request, the
regulations include an example
illustrating the application of these plan
termination rules in the case where the
plan uses the section 417(e) segment
rates for annuity conversion.
E. Rules Relating to Section 411(d)(6)
and Interest Crediting Rates
The 2010 final regulations provided
that the right to interest credits in the
future that are not conditioned on future
service constitutes a section 411(d)(6)
protected benefit. One commenter
expressed concern that this rule was
overbroad. In response to this comment,
these final regulations clarify that the
right to future interest credits
determined in the manner specified
under the plan and not conditioned on
future service is a factor that is used to
determine the participant’s accrued
benefit for purposes of section 411(d)(6).
Thus, if a plan is amended so that it
could potentially provide smaller future
interest credits on the then-current
accumulated benefit than would have
been provided prior to the amendment,
the plan must otherwise provide for
increased benefits such that the
potentially smaller interest credits
cannot result in a smaller accrued
benefit (or a smaller payment under any
optional form of benefit) as of any future
date than the accrued benefit (or
payment under the optional form of
benefit) as of the applicable amendment
date. See section I.B of this preamble for
a discussion of the additional rule under
the regulations pursuant to which the
relief of section 411(a)(13) does not
permit the accumulated benefit under a
lump sum-based benefit formula to be
reduced in a manner that would be
prohibited if that reduction were
applied to the accrued benefit.
The 2010 final regulations contain a
rule under which a plan is not treated
as providing for smaller interest credits
in the future in violation of section
411(d)(6) merely because of an
amendment that changes the plan’s
interest crediting rate from one of the
Notice 96–8 rates (or the first or second
segment rates) to the third segment rate,
if three requirements are satisfied.
Specifically, the rule is only available if
the change applies to interest credits to
be credited after the effective date of the
amendment, the effective date of the
amendment is at least 30 days after
adoption and, on the effective date of
the amendment, the new interest
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
crediting rate is not lower than the
interest crediting rate that would have
applied in the absence of the
amendment. The 2010 final regulations
do not specify how a plan with a fixed
annual floor used in connection with
the pre-amendment rate should account
for the floor when changing to the third
segment rate. These final regulations
add a fourth requirement to this rule,
which provides that, for plan years that
begin on or after January 1, 2016, any
fixed annual floor that was used in
connection with the pre-amendment
rate must be retained after the
amendment to the maximum extent
permissible under the market rate of
return requirement in the final
regulations. Thus, for example, if prior
to the amendment a plan was using a
fixed annual floor of 4.5 percent in
connection with the yield on 30-year
Treasury Constant Maturities, then, if
the plan is amended to change the rate
to the third segment rate it must provide
a fixed annual floor of 4 percent.
Because section 411(d)(6) requires
that a plan amendment not result in a
reduction to the accrued benefit,
changes in interest crediting rates would
be difficult to implement without
special market rate of return rules. Thus,
like the 2010 proposed regulations, the
regulations contain a special market rate
of return rule that applies in the case of
an amendment to change the plan’s
interest crediting rate. This rule
provides that the market rate of return
rule is not violated merely because the
plan provides that the benefit of active
participants after the interest crediting
rate change can never be less than the
benefit under the old rate (without
future principal credits), subject to an
anti-abuse rule. This rule does not
extend to participants who are not
active participants as of the date of
amendment because such an extension
would cause those participants
effectively to receive a rate of return on
their entire account balance that is the
greater of the old and the new rate,
which would be an impermissible
above-market interest crediting rate
under the regulations (unless the
resulting greater-of rate is otherwise
permitted under the regulations). These
final regulations also contain a special
rule that provides both section 411(d)(6)
relief and relief under the market rate of
return rules for changing the lookback
month or stability period used to
determine interest credits (for a plan
using a bond-based interest crediting
rate), subject to an anti-abuse rule.
A comment request that was included
in the preamble to the 2010 proposed
regulations asked how section 411(d)(6)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
applies in the case of a plan that credits
interest using an interest crediting rate
equal to the rate of return on a RIC if
the RIC ceases to exist. Commenters
generally suggested that section
411(d)(6) should be treated as satisfied
in such a case if the plan sponsor
replaces the RIC that ceases to exist with
a RIC with similar characteristics (such
as risk and expected return). The
Treasury Department and the IRS
generally agree with these comments.
As a result, these final regulations
provide for a special rule that applies in
the case of a statutory hybrid plan that
credits interest using an interest
crediting rate equal to the rate of return
on a RIC that ceases to exist, whether as
a result of a name change, liquidation,
or otherwise. In such a case, the plan is
not treated as violating section 411(d)(6)
provided that the rate of return on the
successor RIC is substituted for the rate
of return on the RIC that no longer
exists, for purposes of crediting interest
for periods after the date the RIC ceased
to exist. In the case of a name change
or merger of RICs, the successor RIC
means the RIC that results from the
name change or merger involving the
RIC that no longer exists. In all other
cases, the successor RIC is a RIC
selected by the plan sponsor that has
reasonably similar characteristics,
including characteristics related to risk
and rate of return, as the RIC that no
longer exists.
Prior to the first day of the first plan
year that begins on or after January 1,
2016, a statutory hybrid plan that uses
an interest crediting rate that is not
permitted under the final regulations
must be amended to change to an
interest crediting rate that is on the list
of permitted interest crediting rates
under the regulations. This is because,
after that date, the final regulations set
forth the list of interest crediting rates
that satisfy the requirement of section
411(b)(5)(B)(i) that the plan not provide
an effective rate of return that is greater
than a market rate of return. However,
an amendment that reduces the interest
crediting rate with respect to benefits
that have already accrued would
ordinarily be impermissible under
section 411(d)(6). A comment request
that was included in the preamble to the
2010 proposed regulations solicited
comments with respect to guidance
needed to resolve this conflict between
the market rate of return rules of section
411(b)(1)(B)(i) and the anti-cutback rules
of section 411(d)(6) in order to permit a
plan to change its interest crediting rate
to comply with the final regulations.
After consideration of the comments
received, proposed regulations that
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56455
would permit a plan with a
noncompliant interest crediting rate to
be amended so that its interest crediting
rate complies with the market rate of
return rules are being issued
concurrently with these final
regulations.
F. Requests To Introduce ‘‘Self-Directed
Investment’’ Into Statutory Hybrid Plans
In response to stakeholder
suggestions, the preamble of the 2010
proposed regulations requested
comments as to whether a statutory
hybrid plan should be able to offer
participants the opportunity to choose
from a menu of hypothetical investment
options. If such an approach were
adopted, it could introduce into defined
benefit pension plans that constitute
statutory hybrid plans a form of
participant involvement in the selection
of interest crediting rates that would be
somewhat analogous to the self-directed
investment practices that are typical of
section 401(k) retirement savings plans.
Under such an approach, participants
could choose from among hypothetical
investment options that would
determine the interest crediting rate.
The menu of hypothetical investment
options might include various equity or
fixed income investment alternatives,
potentially including options similar to
balanced or target date funds.8 The 2010
preamble also requested comments on
the plan qualification issues that might
arise under such a plan design, such as
the treatment of forfeitures, the
application of the anti-cutback rules
under section 411(d)(6), compliance
with the market rate of return
requirement, and other section 411(b)(5)
issues. In addition, comments were
specifically requested as to whether
events such as the following would raise
issues: (1) A participant elects to switch
from one investment option to another;
(2) a RIC underlying one of the
investment options ceases to exist; (3)
the plan is amended to eliminate an
investment option; (4) a participant
elects to switch from an investment
option with a cumulative minimum to
an investment option without a
cumulative minimum (or vice versa); or
(5) the plan is terminated and, pursuant
to the special rules that apply upon plan
termination, the interest crediting rate
that applies to determine a participant’s
benefit after plan termination must be
fixed.
Several commenters expressed serious
concerns about the possibility of giving
8 A target date investment option under a
statutory hybrid plan would transition participants
incrementally at certain ages from a blended rate
that is more heavily equity-weighted to a rate that
is more heavily weighted in fixed income.
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
56456
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
statutory hybrid plan participants the
ability to choose from a menu of
hypothetical investment options. These
comments reflect a general concern that
adding participant choice of investment
options to a statutory hybrid plan would
constitute a further departure of these
plans from the fundamental nature of
defined benefit pension plans.
Underlying this general concern appears
to be a view that participant choice of
investment options is a practice that has
developed uniquely in the context of
certain types of defined contribution
retirement savings vehicles (such as
section 401(k) and section 403(b) plans)
and is not readily reconcilable with the
statutory and regulatory regime
applicable to defined benefit pension
plans. For example, commenters
questioned the advisability of shifting
retirement security risks to participants
in defined benefit pension plans in a
manner similar to self-directed investing
in section 401(k) plans. In this regard,
commenters have raised questions as to
whether participants in general have the
knowledge, experience, and discipline
to deal as effectively as plan fiduciaries
and other investment professionals with
the different risk and return
characteristics of various investment
options and to formulate and adhere
systematically to methodical investment
practices and strategies (such as
appropriate risk diversification and
regular rebalancing).
Commenters also raised concerns
regarding potential hazards for trustees
and plan sponsors of statutory hybrid
plans that provide investment choices to
participants. Commenters suggested that
if plan assets were invested to track
participant elections of equity-heavy
interest crediting options or frequent
participant-directed investment changes
that might not be prudent, section
404(c) of ERISA might not be available
to limit plan fiduciary liability and help
protect participants. In the alternative,
concerns have been expressed that, if
plan assets were invested according to
a traditional defined benefit plan
investment strategy not correlated with
participants’ elections, a well-funded
plan might quickly become
underfunded in a period when equityheavy interest crediting options perform
well (which could lead to additional
exposure for the PBGC and put
participants at risk for shortfalls in
anticipated benefits).
In addition, because the interest
crediting rate is part of a participant’s
accrued benefit and all related future
interest credits are accrued at the time
a participant accrues a pay credit, some
commenters suggested that a change in
the interest crediting rate might be
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
treated as a plan amendment for section
411(d)(6) anti-cutback purposes (similar
to rules preventing participants from
waiving all or any part of their accrued
benefit). This section 411(d)(6)
interpretation would require preserving
the prior interest crediting rate with
respect to benefits previously accrued.
Under this interpretation, participants
would be encouraged to select one rate
and subsequently change to another rate
with different characteristics to achieve
the greater of the two interest crediting
rates. In addition, the resulting greaterof rate that is required under this
section 411(d)(6) interpretation raises
issues under the section 411(b)(5) rules
that provide that an interest crediting
rate cannot exceed a market rate of
return.
Other commenters suggested that the
regulations should permit statutory
hybrid plans to provide for participant
choice among hypothetical investment
options. For example, they noted that if
statutory hybrid plans were permitted to
allow participant-directed investments,
this plan design might be more popular
among participants and employer
sponsors, in an era in which adoption
and retention of defined benefit plans
generally have been waning. The
commenters also argued that permitting
investment-based rates of return in
statutory hybrid plans suggests that
participants should be permitted to
direct the investment of their
hypothetical accounts on the theory that
participants should have the option to
elect a less volatile investment,
particularly as they near retirement, as
in the case of a target date fund or
managed account. These commenters
argued that a choice among investment
options is dissimilar, for purposes of
applying the anti-cutback rule of section
411(d)(6), to a waiver of accrued
benefits (because, at the time of a
change, the value of an investment
dollar in any market-based investment
option is the same as the value of an
investment dollar in any other marketbased investment option). They
contended that the anti-cutback rule
may protect a participant’s right to
choose among interest crediting
measures, but would not protect the
accrued benefit determined under a
participant’s particular choice among
interest crediting measures.
Some commenters that advocated that
the regulations permit a statutory hybrid
plan to provide for participant choice
among investment options also
requested transition relief in the event
that regulations do not permit this type
of plan design. For example, they
suggested that participant choice be
permitted during the interim period
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
between the statutory and regulatory
effective dates. They also suggested that,
even after the regulatory effective date,
a participant in a plan that previously
provided for participant choice be
permitted to continue to direct the
investment of the account balance
credited to that participant as of the
regulatory effective date and/or that
anti-cutback relief be provided so that
plan sponsors can move to a different
method of matching investment risk to
individual participant circumstances
(such as basing interest crediting rates
on the performance of target date funds
or managed accounts, without
participant choice).
Because of the significant concerns
relating to the use of statutory hybrid
plan designs that would permit
participants to choose among a menu of
investment options specified in the plan
document, the Treasury Department and
the IRS continue to study these issues.
It is possible that the Treasury
Department and the IRS will conclude
that such plan designs are not
permitted. In that event, it is anticipated
that any statutory hybrid plans that
permitted participant choice among a
menu of investment options on
September 18, 2014 pursuant to plan
provisions that were adopted by
September 18, 2014 would receive anticutback relief that would permit any
such plans to be amended to provide for
one or more appropriate alternative
replacement interest crediting measures.
Some commenters raised concerns
regarding whether it would be
consistent with the fiduciary,
disclosure, and other requirements of
Title I of ERISA if a statutory hybrid
plan were to permit participant choice
among a menu of investment options.
Concerns raised by these plan designs
under Title I of ERISA are within the
jurisdiction of the Secretary of Labor.
See Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1978,
5 U.S.C. App. at 672 (2006).
Effective/Applicability Dates
Except as otherwise provided, the
new rules under these final regulations
apply to plan years that begin on or after
January 1, 2016. (The rules in these final
regulations that merely clarify
provisions that were included in the
2010 final regulations apply to plan
years that begin on or after January 1,
2011, in accordance with the general
effective/applicability date of the 2010
final regulations). In addition, these
regulations amend § 1.411(b)(5)–1 to
provide that § 1.411(b)(5)–1(d)(1)(iii),
(d)(1)(vi) and (d)(6)(i) (which provide
that the regulations set forth the list of
interest crediting rates and
combinations of interest crediting rates
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
that satisfy the market rate of return
requirement under section 411(b)(5))
apply to plan years that begin on or after
January 1, 2016.9
The final regulations reflect the
statutory effective dates set forth in
section 701(e) of PPA ’06. Pursuant to
section 701(e)(1) of PPA ’06, the
amendments made by section 701 of
PPA ’06 are generally effective for
periods beginning on or after June 29,
2005. However, sections 701(e)(2)
through 701(e)(6) of PPA ’06, as
amended by WRERA ’08, set forth a
number of special effective/applicability
date rules that are described earlier in
the Background section of the preamble
of these regulations.
For periods after the statutory
effective date and before the regulatory
effective date, the relief of sections
411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5) applies and the
requirements of sections 411(a)(13) and
411(b)(5) must be satisfied. As provided
in the 2010 final regulations, a plan is
permitted to rely on the provisions of
the final regulations for purposes of
applying the relief and satisfying the
requirements of sections 411(a)(13) and
411(b)(5) for periods after the statutory
effective date and before the regulatory
effective date. For such periods, a plan
is also permitted to rely on the
provisions of the 2010 proposed
regulations, the 2007 proposed
regulations and Notice 2007–6 for
purposes of applying the relief and
satisfying the requirements of sections
411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5).
The regulations should not be
construed to create any inference
concerning the applicable law prior to
the effective dates of sections 411(a)(13)
and 411(b)(5). See also section 701(d) of
PPA ’06. In addition, the regulations
should not be construed to create any
inference concerning the proper
interpretation of sections 411(a)(13) and
411(b)(5) prior to the effective date of
the regulations. Thus, for example, if
prior to the effective date of these final
regulations a plan provided an interest
crediting rate that is not provided for
under the final regulations, the plan’s
interest crediting rate for that period
could nonetheless satisfy the statutory
requirement that an applicable defined
benefit plan not provide for interest
credits (or equivalent amounts) for any
plan year at an effective rate that is
greater than a market rate of return.
9 The 2010 final regulations provide that these
particular provisions apply to plan years that begin
on or after January 1, 2012. The intention to delay
the effective/applicability date of these provisions
was announced in Notice 2011–85 and Notice
2012–61. Notice 2012–61 announced that these
provisions would not be effective for plan years
beginning before January 1, 2014.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
Special Analyses
It has been determined that these
regulations are not a significant
regulatory action as defined in
Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a
regulatory assessment is not required. It
also has been determined that section
553(b) of the Administrative Procedure
Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply
to these regulations, and because the
regulation does not impose a collection
of information on small entities, the
Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C.
chapter 6) does not apply. Pursuant to
section 7805(f) of the Code, the
proposed regulations preceding these
final regulations were submitted to the
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration for comment
on its impact on small business.
Drafting Information
The principal authors of these
regulations are Neil S. Sandhu and
Linda S. F. Marshall, Office of Division
Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax
Exempt and Government Entities).
However, other personnel from the IRS
and the Treasury Department
participated in the development of these
regulations.
List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1
Income taxes, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
Adoption of Amendments to the
Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is
amended as follows:
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation
for part 1 continues to read in part as
follows:
■
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Par. 2. Section 1.411(a)(13)–1 is
amended by:
■
1. Revising paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3),
(b)(4), (d)(3)(i), (d)(4)(ii)(A), (d)(4)(ii)(C),
(d)(6), and (e)(2)(ii).
■ 2. Adding paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(E).
The revisions and addition read as
follows:
■
§ 1.411(a)(13)–1
Statutory hybrid plans.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) General rules with respect to
current account balance or current
value—(i) Benefit after normal
retirement age. The relief of section
411(a)(13) does not override the
requirement for a plan that, with respect
to a participant with an annuity starting
date after normal retirement age, the
plan either provide an actuarial increase
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56457
after normal retirement age or satisfy the
requirements for suspension of benefits
under section 411(a)(3)(B). Accordingly,
with respect to such a participant, a
plan with a lump sum based benefit
formula violates the requirements of
section 411(a) if the balance of the
hypothetical account or the value of the
accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average compensation
is not increased sufficiently to satisfy
the requirements of section 411(a)(2) for
distributions commencing after normal
retirement age, unless the plan suspends
benefits in accordance with section
411(a)(3)(B).
(ii) Reductions limited. The relief of
section 411(a)(13) does not permit the
accumulated benefit under a lump sumbased benefit formula to be reduced in
a manner that would be prohibited if
that reduction were applied to the
accrued benefit. Accordingly, the only
reductions that can apply to the balance
of the hypothetical account or
accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average compensation
are reductions as a result of—
(A) Benefit payments;
(B) Qualified domestic relations
orders under section 414(p);
(C) Forfeitures that are permitted
under section 411(a) (such as charges for
providing a qualified preretirement
survivor annuity);
(D) Amendments that would reduce
the accrued benefit but that are
permitted under section 411(d)(6);
(E) Adjustments resulting in a
decrease in the balance of the
hypothetical account due to the
application of interest credits (as
defined in § 1.411(b)(5)–1(d)(1)(ii)(A))
that are negative for an interest crediting
period;
(F) In the case of a formula that
expresses the accumulated benefit as an
accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average
compensation, adjustments resulting in
a decrease in the dollar amount of the
accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average
compensation—
(1) Due to a decrease in the dollar
amount of the participant’s final average
compensation; or
(2) Due to an increase in the
integration level, under a formula that is
integrated with Social Security (for
example, as a result of an increase in the
Social Security taxable wage base or in
Social Security covered compensation);
or
(G) Other reductions to the extent
provided by the Commissioner in
revenue rulings, notices, or other
guidance published in the Internal
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
56458
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
Revenue Bulletin (see
§ 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b)).
(3) Payment of benefits based on
current account balance or current
value—(i) Optional forms that are
actuarially equivalent. With respect to
the benefits under a lump sum-based
benefit formula, the relief of paragraph
(b)(1) of this section applies to an
optional form of benefit that is
determined as of the annuity starting
date as the actuarial equivalent, using
reasonable actuarial assumptions, of the
then-current balance of a hypothetical
account maintained for the participant
or the then-current value of an
accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average
compensation.
(ii) Optional forms that are
subsidized. With respect to the benefits
under a lump sum-based benefit
formula, if an optional form of benefit
is payable in an amount that is greater
than the actuarial equivalent,
determined using reasonable actuarial
assumptions, of the then-current
balance of a hypothetical account
maintained for the participant or the
then-current value of an accumulated
percentage of the participant’s final
average compensation, then the plan
satisfies the requirements of sections
411(a)(2), 411(a)(11), 411(c) and 417(e)
with respect to the amount of that
optional form of benefit. However, see
§ 1.411(b)(5)–1(b)(1)(iii) for rules
relating to early retirement subsidies.
(iii) Optional forms that are less
valuable. Except as otherwise provided
in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, if
an optional form of benefit is not at least
the actuarial equivalent, using
reasonable actuarial assumptions, of the
then-current balance of a hypothetical
account maintained for the participant
or the then-current value of an
accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average
compensation, then the relief under
section 411(a)(13) (permitting a plan to
treat the account balance or
accumulated percentage as the actuarial
equivalent of the portion of the accrued
benefit determined under the lump
sum-based benefit formula) does not
apply in determining whether the
optional form of benefit is the actuarial
equivalent of the portion of the accrued
benefit determined under the lump
sum-based benefit formula. As a result,
payment of that optional form of benefit
must satisfy the rules applicable to
payment of the accrued benefit
generally under a defined benefit plan
(without regard to the special rules of
section 411(a)(13)(A) and paragraph
(b)(1) of this section), including the
requirements of section 411(a)(2) and,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
for optional forms subject to the
minimum present value requirements of
section 417(e)(3), those minimum
present value requirements.
(4) Rules of application—(i) Relief
applies on proportionate basis with
respect to payment of only a portion of
the benefit under a lump sum-based
benefit formula. The relief of paragraph
(b)(1) of this section applies on a
proportionate basis to a payment of a
portion of the benefit under a lump
sum-based benefit formula, such as a
payment of a specified dollar amount or
percentage of the then-current balance
of a hypothetical account maintained for
the participant or then-current value of
an accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average
compensation. Thus, for example, if a
plan that expresses the participant’s
entire accumulated benefit as the
balance of a hypothetical account
distributes 40 percent of the
participant’s then-current hypothetical
account balance in a single payment, the
plan is treated as satisfying the
requirements of section 411(a) and the
minimum present value rules of section
417(e) with respect to 40 percent of the
participant’s then-current accrued
benefit.
(ii) Relief applies only to portion of
benefit determined under lump sumbased benefit formula. The relief of
paragraph (b)(1) of this section generally
applies only to the portion of the
participant’s benefit that is determined
under a lump sum-based benefit
formula and generally does not apply to
any portion of the participant’s benefit
that is determined under a formula that
is not a lump sum-based benefit
formula. The following rules apply for
purposes of satisfying section 417(e):
(A) ‘‘Greater-of’’ formulas. If the
participant’s accrued benefit equals the
greater of the accrued benefit under a
lump sum-based benefit formula and the
accrued benefit under another formula
that is not a lump-sum based benefit
formula, a single-sum payment of the
participant’s entire benefit must be no
less than the greater of the then-current
accumulated benefit under the lump
sum-based benefit formula and the
present value, determined in accordance
with section 417(e), of the benefit under
the other formula. For example, assume
that the accrued benefit under a plan is
determined as the greater of the accrued
benefit attributable to the balance of a
hypothetical account and the accrued
benefit equal to a pro rata portion of a
normal retirement benefit determined
by projecting the hypothetical account
balance (including future principal and
interest credits) to normal retirement
age. In such a case, a single-sum
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
payment of the participant’s entire
benefit must be no less than the greater
of the then-current balance of the
hypothetical account and the present
value, determined in accordance with
section 417(e), of the pro rata benefit
determined by projecting the
hypothetical account balance to normal
retirement age.
(B) ‘‘Sum-of’’ formulas. If the
participant’s accrued benefit equals the
sum of the accrued benefit under a lump
sum-based benefit formula and the
accrued benefit under another formula
that is not a lump-sum based benefit
formula, a single-sum payment of the
participant’s entire benefit must be no
less than the sum of the then-current
accumulated benefit under the lump
sum-based benefit formula and the
present value, determined in accordance
with section 417(e), of the benefit under
the other formula. For example, assume
that the accrued benefit under a plan is
determined as the sum of the accrued
benefit attributable to the balance of a
hypothetical account and the accrued
benefit equal to the excess of the benefit
under another formula over the benefit
under the hypothetical account formula.
In such a case, a single-sum payment of
the participant’s entire benefit must be
no less than the sum of the then-current
balance of the hypothetical account and
the present value, determined in
accordance with section 417(e), of the
excess of the benefit under the other
formula over the benefit under the
hypothetical account formula.
(C) ‘‘Lesser-of’’ formulas. If the
participant’s accrued benefit equals the
lesser of the accrued benefit under a
lump sum-based benefit formula and the
accrued benefit under another formula
that is not a lump-sum based benefit
formula, a single-sum payment of the
participant’s entire benefit must be no
less than the lesser of the then-current
accumulated benefit under the lump
sum-based benefit formula and the
present value, determined in accordance
with section 417(e), of the benefit under
the other formula. For example, assume
that the accrued benefit under a plan is
determined as the accrued benefit
attributable to the balance of a
hypothetical account, but no greater
than an accrued benefit payable at
normal retirement age in the form of a
straight life annuity of $100,000 per
year. In such a case, a single-sum
payment of the participant’s entire
benefit must be no less than the lesser
of the then-current balance of the
hypothetical account and the present
value, determined in accordance with
section 417(e), of a benefit payable at
normal retirement age in the form of a
straight life annuity of $100,000 per
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
year. If the formula that is not a lump
sum-based benefit formula is the
maximum annual benefit described in
section 415(b), then the single-sum
payment of the participant’s entire
benefit must not exceed the then-current
accumulated benefit under the lump
sum-based benefit formula.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(3) Lump sum-based benefit
formula—(i) In general. A lump sumbased benefit formula means a benefit
formula used to determine all or any
part of a participant’s accumulated
benefit under a defined benefit plan
under which the accumulated benefit
provided under the formula is expressed
as the current balance of a hypothetical
account maintained for the participant
or as the current value of an
accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average
compensation. A benefit formula is
expressed as the current balance of a
hypothetical account maintained for the
participant if it is expressed as a current
single-sum dollar amount equal to that
balance. A benefit formula is expressed
as the current value of an accumulated
percentage of the participant’s final
average compensation if it is expressed
as a current single-sum dollar amount
equal to a percentage of the participant’s
final average compensation or, for plan
years that begin on or after January 1,
2016 (or any earlier date as elected by
the taxpayer), a percentage of the
participant’s highest average
compensation (regardless of whether the
plan applies a limitation on the past
period for which compensation is taken
into account in determining highest
average compensation). Whether a
benefit formula is a lump sum-based
benefit formula is determined based on
how the accumulated benefit of a
participant is expressed under the terms
of the plan, and does not depend on
whether the plan provides an optional
form of benefit in the form of a singlesum payment. However, for plan years
that begin on or after January 1, 2016,
a benefit formula does not constitute a
lump sum-based benefit formula unless
a distribution of the benefits under that
formula in the form of a single-sum
payment equals the accumulated benefit
under that formula (except to the extent
the single-sum payment is greater to
satisfy the requirements of section
411(d)(6)). In addition, for plan years
that begin on or after January 1, 2016,
a benefit formula does not constitute a
lump sum-based benefit formula unless
the portion of the participant’s accrued
benefit that is determined under that
formula and the then-current balance of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
the hypothetical account or the thencurrent value of the accumulated
percentage of the participant’s final
average compensation are actuarially
equivalent (determined using reasonable
actuarial assumptions) either—
(A) Upon attainment of normal
retirement age; or
(B) At the annuity starting date for a
distribution with respect to that portion.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) * * *
(ii) Effect similar to a lump sum-based
benefit formula—(A) In general. Except
as provided in paragraphs (d)(4)(ii)(B)
through (E) of this section, a benefit
formula under a defined benefit plan
that is not a lump sum-based benefit
formula has an effect similar to a lump
sum-based benefit formula if the
formula provides that a participant’s
accumulated benefit is expressed as a
benefit that includes the right to
adjustments (including a formula that
provides for indexed benefits under
§ 1.411(b)(5)–1(b)(2)) for a future period
and the total dollar amount of those
adjustments is reasonably expected to
be smaller for the participant than for
any similarly situated, younger
individual (within the meaning of
§ 1.411(b)(5)–1(b)(5)) who is or could be
a participant in the plan. For this
purpose, the right to adjustments for a
future period means, for plan years that
begin on or after January 1, 2016, the
right to any changes in the dollar
amount of benefits over time, regardless
of whether those adjustments are
denominated as interest credits. A
benefit formula that does not include
adjustments for any future period is
treated as a formula with an effect
similar to a lump sum-based benefit
formula if the formula would be
described in this paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(A)
except for the fact that the adjustments
are provided pursuant to a pattern of
repeated plan amendments. See
§ 1.411(d)–4, A–1(c)(1).
*
*
*
*
*
(C) Exception for certain variable
annuity benefit formulas. If a variable
annuity benefit formula adjusts benefits
by reference to the difference between a
rate of return on plan assets (or
specified market indices) and a
specified assumed interest rate of 5
percent or higher, then the variable
annuity benefit formula is not treated as
being reasonably expected to provide a
smaller total dollar amount of future
adjustments for the participant than for
any similarly situated, younger
individual who is or could be a
participant in the plan, and thus such a
variable annuity benefit formula does
not have an effect similar to a lump
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56459
sum-based benefit formula. For plan
years that begin on or after January 1,
2016 (or any earlier date as elected by
the taxpayer), the rate of return on plan
assets (or specified market index) by
reference to which the benefit formula
adjusts must be a rate of return
described in § 1.411(b)(5)–1(d)(5)
(which includes, in the case of a benefit
formula determined with reference to an
annuity contract for an employee issued
by an insurance company licensed
under the laws of a State, the rate of
return on the market index specified
under that contract).
*
*
*
*
*
(E) Exception for certain actuarial
reductions for early commencement
under traditional formula. A defined
benefit formula is not treated as having
an effect similar to a lump sum-based
benefit formula with respect to a
participant merely because the formula
provides for a reduction in the benefit
payable at early retirement due to early
commencement (with the result that the
benefit payable at normal retirement age
is greater than the benefit payable at
early retirement), provided that the
benefit payable at normal retirement age
to the participant cannot be less than
the benefit payable at normal retirement
age to any similarly situated, younger
individual who is or could be a
participant in the plan. Thus, for
example, a plan that provides a benefit
equal to 1 percent of final average pay
per year of service, payable as a life
annuity at normal retirement age, is not
treated as having an effect similar to a
lump sum-based benefit formula by
reason of an actuarial reduction in the
benefit payable under the plan for early
commencement.
*
*
*
*
*
(6) Variable annuity benefit formula.
A variable annuity benefit formula
means any benefit formula under a
defined benefit plan which provides
that the amount payable is periodically
adjusted by reference to the difference
between a rate of return and a specified
assumed interest rate.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) Special effective date. Paragraphs
(b)(2), (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section
apply to plan years that begin on or after
January 1, 2016.
*
*
*
*
*
Par. 3. Section 1.411(b)–1 is amended
by adding paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(G) and
adding and reserving paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(H) to read as follows:
■
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
56460
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
§ 1.411(b)–1 Accrued benefit
requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) * * *
(G) Variable interest crediting rate
under a statutory hybrid benefit
formula. For plan years that begin on or
after January 1, 2012 (or an earlier date
as elected by the taxpayer), a plan that
determines any portion of the
participant’s accrued benefit pursuant to
a statutory hybrid benefit formula (as
defined in § 1.411(a)(13)–1(d)(4)) that
utilizes an interest crediting rate
described in § 1.411(b)(5)–1(d) that is a
variable rate that was less than zero for
the prior plan year is not treated as
failing to satisfy the requirements of
paragraph (b)(2) of this section for the
current plan year merely because the
plan assumes for purposes of paragraph
(b)(2) of this section that the variable
rate is zero for the current plan year and
all future plan years.
(H) Special rule for multiple formulas.
[Reserved]
*
*
*
*
*
■ Par. 4. Section 1.411(b)(5)–1 is
amended by:
■ 1. Revising paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(B),
(b)(1)(i)(C), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(1)(iii), and
(b)(2)(i).
■ 2. Revising paragraph (c)(3)(i).
■ 3. Removing paragraph (c)(3)(iii).
■ 4. Adding Example 8 to paragraph
(c)(5).
■ 5. Revising paragraphs (d)(1)(iv)(D),
(d)(2)(i), (d)(2)(ii), (d)(3), (d)(4)(ii),
(d)(4)(iv), (d)(5)(ii), (d)(5)(iv), (d)(6)(ii),
(d)(6)(iii), (e)(2), (e)(3)(ii)(B), (e)(3)(ii)(C),
(e)(3)(iii), (e)(4), and (f)(2)(i)(B).
■ 6. Adding paragraphs (d)(1)(viii),
(d)(4)(v), (e)(3)(ii)(D), (e)(3)(iv), (e)(3)(v),
and (e)(5).
■ 7. Revising the last sentence of
paragraph (d)(1)(v).
■ 8. Revising the first and fourth
sentences of paragraph (e)(3)(i).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 1.411(b)(5)–1 Reduction in rate of benefit
accrual under a defined benefit plan.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) * * *
(B) The current balance of a
hypothetical account maintained for the
participant if the accumulated benefit of
the participant is the current balance of
a hypothetical account.
(C) The current value of an
accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average compensation
if the accumulated benefit of the
participant is the current value of an
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average
compensation.
(ii) Benefit formulas for comparison—
(A) In general. Except as provided in
paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)(B), (C), (D) and (E)
of this section, the safe harbor provided
by section 411(b)(5)(A) and paragraph
(b)(1)(i) of this section is available only
with respect to a participant if the
participant’s accumulated benefit under
the plan is expressed in terms of only
one safe-harbor formula measure and no
similarly situated, younger individual
who is or could be a participant has an
accumulated benefit that is expressed in
terms of any measure other than that
same safe-harbor formula measure.
Thus, for example, if a plan provides
that the accumulated benefit of
participants who are age 55 or older is
expressed under the terms of the plan as
a life annuity payable at normal
retirement age (or current age if later) as
described in paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A) of
this section and the plan provides that
the accumulated benefit of participants
who are younger than age 55 is
expressed as the current balance of a
hypothetical account as described in
paragraph (b)(1)(i)(B) of this section,
then the safe harbor described in section
411(b)(5)(A) and paragraph (b)(1)(i) of
this section does not apply to
individuals who are or could be
participants and who are age 55 or
older.
(B) Sum-of benefit formulas. If a plan
provides that a participant’s
accumulated benefit is expressed as the
sum of benefits determined in terms of
two or more benefit formulas, each of
which is expressed in terms of a
different safe-harbor formula measure,
then the plan is deemed to satisfy
paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section with
respect to the participant, provided that
the plan satisfies the comparison
described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this
section separately for benefits
determined in terms of each safe-harbor
formula measure and no accumulated
benefit of a similarly situated, younger
individual who is or could be a
participant is expressed other than as—
(1) The sum of benefits under two or
more benefit formulas, each of which is
expressed in terms of one of those same
safe-harbor formula measures as is used
for the participant’s ‘‘sum-of’’ benefit;
(2) The greater of benefits under two
or more benefit formulas, each of which
is expressed in terms of any one of those
same safe-harbor formula measures;
(3) The choice of benefits under two
or more benefit formulas, each of which
is expressed in terms of any one of those
same safe-harbor formula measures;
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(4) A benefit that is determined in
terms of only one of those same safeharbor formula measures; or
(5) The lesser of benefits under two or
more benefit formulas, at least one of
which is expressed in terms of one of
those same safe-harbor formula
measures.
(C) Greater-of benefit formulas. If a
plan provides that a participant’s
accumulated benefit is expressed as the
greater of benefits under two or more
benefit formulas, each of which is
determined in terms of a different safeharbor formula measure, then the plan
is deemed to satisfy paragraph (b)(1)(i)
of this section with respect to the
participant, provided that the plan
satisfies the comparison described in
paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section
separately for benefits determined in
terms of each safe-harbor formula
measure and no accumulated benefit of
a similarly situated, younger individual
who is or could be a participant is
expressed other than as—
(1) The greater of benefits determined
under two or more benefit formulas,
each of which is expressed in terms of
one of those same safe-harbor formula
measures as is used for the participant’s
‘‘greater-of’’ benefit;
(2) The choice of benefits determined
under two or more benefit formulas,
each of which is expressed in terms of
one of those same safe-harbor formula
measures;
(3) A benefit that is determined in
terms of only one of those same safeharbor formula measures; or
(4) The lesser of benefits under two or
more benefit formulas, at least one of
which is expressed in terms of one of
those same safe-harbor formula
measures.
(D) Choice-of benefit formulas. If a
plan provides that a participant’s
accumulated benefit is determined
pursuant to a choice by the participant
between benefits determined in terms of
two or more different safe-harbor
formula measures, then the plan is
deemed to satisfy paragraph (b)(1)(i) of
this section with respect to the
participant, provided that the plan
satisfies the comparison described in
paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section
separately for benefits determined in
terms of each safe-harbor formula
measure and no accumulated benefit of
a similarly situated, younger individual
who is or could be a participant is
expressed other than as—
(1) The choice of benefits determined
under two or more benefit formulas,
each of which is expressed in terms of
one of those same safe-harbor formula
measures as is used for the participant’s
‘‘choice-of’’ benefit;
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
(2) A benefit that is determined in
terms of only one of those same safeharbor formula measures; or
(3) The lesser of benefits under two or
more benefit formulas, at least one of
which is expressed in terms of one of
those same safe-harbor formula
measures.
(E) Lesser-of benefit formulas. If a
plan provides that a participant’s
accumulated benefit is expressed as a
single safe-harbor formula measure and
no accumulated benefit of a similarly
situated, younger individual who is or
could be a participant is expressed other
than as a benefit that is determined
under the same safe-harbor formula
measure or as the lesser of benefits
under two or more benefit formulas, at
least one of which is expressed in terms
of the same safe-harbor formula
measure, then the plan is deemed to
satisfy paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section
with respect to the participant only if
the plan satisfies the comparison
described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this
section for benefits determined in terms
of the same safe-harbor formula
measure. Similarly, if a plan provides
that a participant’s accumulated benefit
is expressed as the lesser of benefits
under two or more benefit formulas,
each of which is determined in terms of
a different safe-harbor formula measure,
then the plan is deemed to satisfy
paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section with
respect to the participant only if the
plan satisfies the comparison described
in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section
separately for benefits determined in
terms of each safe-harbor formula
measure and no accumulated benefit of
a similarly situated, younger individual
who is or could be a participant is
expressed other than as the lesser of
benefits under two or more benefit
formulas, expressed in terms of all of
those same safe-harbor formula
measures (and any other additional
formula measures).
(F) Limitations on plan formulas that
provide for hypothetical accounts or
accumulated percentages of final
average compensation. For plan years
that begin on or after January 1, 2016,
a benefit measure is a safe harbor
formula measure described in paragraph
(b)(1)(i)(B) or (C) of this section only if
the formula under which the balance of
a hypothetical account or the
accumulated percentage of final average
compensation is determined is a lumpsum based benefit formula.
(iii) Disregard of certain subsidized
benefits. For purposes of paragraph
(b)(1)(i) of this section, any subsidized
portion of an early retirement benefit
that is included in a participant’s
accumulated benefit is disregarded. For
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
this purpose, an early retirement benefit
includes a subsidized portion only if it
provides a higher actuarial present
value on account of commencement
before normal retirement age. However,
for plan years that begin on or after
January 1, 2016, if the annual benefit
payable before normal retirement age is
greater for a participant than the annual
benefit under the corresponding form of
benefit for any similarly situated, older
individual who is or could be a
participant and who is currently at or
before normal retirement age, then that
excess is not part of the subsidized
portion of an early retirement benefit
and, accordingly, is not disregarded
under this paragraph (b)(1)(iii). For
purposes of determining whether the
annual benefit payable before normal
retirement age is greater for a participant
than the annual benefit under the
corresponding form of benefit for any
similarly situated, older individual who
is or could be a participant, social
security leveling options and social
security supplements are disregarded. In
addition, a plan is not treated as
providing a greater annual benefit to a
participant than to a similarly situated,
older individual who is or could be a
participant merely because the
reduction (based on actuarial
equivalence, using reasonable actuarial
assumptions) in the amount of an
annuity to reflect a survivor benefit is
smaller for the participant than for a
similarly situated, older individual who
is or could be a participant.
*
*
*
*
*
(2) Indexed benefits—(i) In general.
Except as provided in paragraph
(b)(2)(iii) of this section, pursuant to
section 411(b)(5)(E) and this paragraph
(b)(2)(i), a defined benefit plan is not
treated as failing to meet the
requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H)
with respect to a participant solely
because a benefit formula (other than a
lump sum-based benefit formula) under
the plan provides for the periodic
adjustment of the participant’s accrued
benefit under the plan by means of the
application of a recognized index or
methodology. An indexing rate that
does not exceed a market rate of return,
as defined in paragraph (d) of this
section, is deemed to be a recognized
index or methodology for purposes of
the preceding sentence. In addition, for
plan years that begin on or after January
1, 2016 (or an earlier date as elected by
the taxpayer), any subsidized portion of
any early retirement benefit under such
a plan that meets the requirements of
paragraph (b)(1)(iii) is disregarded in
determining whether the plan meets the
requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H).
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56461
However, such a plan must satisfy the
qualification requirements otherwise
applicable to statutory hybrid plans,
including the requirements of
§ 1.411(a)(13)–1(c) (relating to minimum
vesting standards) and paragraph (c) of
this section (relating to plan conversion
amendments) if the plan has an effect
similar to a lump sum-based benefit
formula, pursuant to the rules of
§ 1.411(a)(13)–1(d)(4)(ii).
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) * * * (i) * * * Provided that the
requirements of paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of
this section are satisfied, a statutory
hybrid plan under which an opening
hypothetical account balance or opening
accumulated percentage of the
participant’s final average compensation
is established as of the effective date of
the conversion amendment does not fail
to satisfy the requirements of paragraph
(c)(2) of this section merely because
benefits attributable to that opening
hypothetical account balance or opening
accumulated percentage (that is,
benefits that are not described in
paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B) of this section) are
substituted for benefits described in
paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) * * *
Example 8. (i) Facts involving
establishment of opening hypothetical
account balance. A defined benefit plan
provides an accrued benefit expressed as a
straight life annuity commencing at the
plan’s normal retirement age (age 65), based
on a percentage of average annual
compensation multiplied by the participant’s
years of service. On January 1, 2009, a
conversion amendment is adopted that
converts the plan to a statutory hybrid plan.
Participant A, age 55, had an accrued benefit
under the pre-conversion formula of $1,500
per month payable at normal retirement age.
In conjunction with this conversion, the plan
provides each participant with an opening
hypothetical account balance equal to the
present value, determined in accordance
with section 417(e)(3) of the participant’s
pre-conversion benefit. Participant A’s
opening hypothetical account balance was
calculated as $121,146. The opening account
balance (along with any subsequent amounts
credited to the hypothetical account) is
credited annually with interest credits at the
rate of 5.0 percent up to the annuity starting
date of each participant.
(ii) Facts relating to changes between
establishment of opening hypothetical
account balance and age 65. Upon
attainment of age 65, Participant A elects to
receive Participant A’s entire benefit under
the plan as a single sum distribution. At the
annuity starting date, Participant A’s
hypothetical account balance attributable to
Participant A’s opening account balance has
increased to $197,334. However, under the
terms of the plan and in accordance with
section 417(e)(3), the present value at the
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
56462
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
annuity starting date of Participant A’s preconversion benefit of $1,500 per month is
$221,383.
(iii) Conclusion. Pursuant to paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, Participant A
must receive the benefit attributable to postconversion service, plus the greater of the
benefit attributable to the opening
hypothetical account balance and the preconversion benefit (with the determination as
to which is greater made at the annuity
starting date). Accordingly the single-sum
distribution must equal the benefit
attributable to post-conversion service plus
$221,383.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(iv) * * *
(D) Debits and credits during the
interest crediting period. A plan is not
treated as failing to meet the
requirements of this paragraph (d)
merely because the plan does not
provide for interest credits on amounts
distributed prior to the end of the
interest crediting period. Furthermore, a
plan is not treated as failing to meet the
requirements of this paragraph (d)
merely because the plan calculates
increases or decreases to the
participant’s accumulated benefit by
applying a rate of interest or rate of
return (including a rate of increase or
decrease under an index) to the
participant’s adjusted accumulated
benefit (or portion thereof) for the
period. For this purpose, the
participant’s adjusted accumulated
benefit equals the participant’s
accumulated benefit as of the beginning
of the period, adjusted for debits and
credits (other than interest credits) made
to the accumulated benefit prior to the
end of the interest crediting period, with
appropriate weighting for those debits
and credits based on their timing within
the period. For plans that calculate
increases or decreases to the
participant’s accumulated benefit by
applying a rate of interest or rate of
return to the participant’s adjusted
accumulated benefit (or portion thereof)
for the period, interest credits include
these increases and decreases, to the
extent provided under the terms of the
plan at the beginning of the period and
to the extent not conditioned on current
service and not made on account of
imputed service (as defined in
§ 1.401(a)(4)–11(d)(3)(ii)(B)), and the
interest crediting rate with respect to a
participant equals the total amount of
interest credits for the period divided by
the participant’s adjusted accumulated
benefit for the period.
*
*
*
*
*
(v) * * * Similarly, an interest
crediting rate that always equals the
lesser of the yield on 30-year Treasury
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
Constant Maturities and a fixed 7
percent interest rate is not in excess of
a market rate of return because it can
never be in excess of the yield on 30year Treasury Constant Maturities.
*
*
*
*
*
(viii) Increases to existing rates and
addition of other rates—(A) Increases to
existing rates. The Commissioner may,
in guidance published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin, see
§ 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter,
increase an interest crediting rate set
forth in this paragraph (d), so that the
increased rate is treated as satisfying the
requirement that the rate not exceed a
market rate of return for purposes of this
paragraph (d) and section 411(b)(5)(B).
For this purpose, these increases can
include increases to the maximum
permitted margin that can be added to
one or more of the safe harbor rates set
forth in paragraph (d)(4) of this section,
increases to the maximum permitted
fixed rate set forth in paragraph (d)(4)(v)
of this section, or increases to a
maximum permitted annual floor set
forth in paragraph (d)(6) of this section.
(B) Additional rates. The
Commissioner may, in guidance
published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin, see § 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this
chapter, provide for additional interest
crediting rates that satisfy the
requirement that they not exceed a
market rate of return for purposes of this
paragraph (d) and section 411(b)(5)(B)
(including providing for additional
combinations of rates, such as annual
minimums in conjunction with rates
that are based on rates described in
paragraph (d)(5) of this section but that
are reduced in order to ensure that the
effective rate of return does not exceed
a market rate of return).
*
*
*
*
*
(2) Preservation of capital
requirement—(i) General rule. A
statutory hybrid plan satisfies the
requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H)
only if the plan provides that the
participant’s benefit under the statutory
hybrid benefit formula determined as of
the participant’s annuity starting date is
no less than the benefit determined as
if the accumulated benefit were equal to
the sum of all principal credits (as
described in paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(D) of
this section) credited under the plan to
the participant as of that date (including
principal credits that were credited
before the applicable statutory effective
date of paragraph (f)(1) of this section).
This paragraph (d)(2) applies only as of
an annuity starting date, within the
meaning of § 1.401(a)–20, A–10(b), with
respect to which a distribution of the
participant’s entire vested benefit under
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the plan’s statutory hybrid benefit
formula as of that date commences. For
a participant who has more than one
annuity starting date, paragraph
(d)(2)(ii) of this section provides rules to
account for prior annuity starting dates
when applying this paragraph (d)(2)(i).
(ii) Application to multiple annuity
starting dates—(A) In general. If the
comparison under paragraph
(d)(2)(ii)(B) of this section results in the
sum of all principal credits credited to
the participant (as of the current annuity
starting date) exceeding the sum of the
amounts described in paragraphs
(d)(2)(ii)(B)(1) through (d)(2)(ii)(B)(3) of
this section, then the participant’s
benefit to be distributed at the current
annuity starting date must be no less
than would be provided if that excess
were included in the current
accumulated benefit.
(B) Comparison to reflect prior
distributions. For a participant who has
more than one annuity starting date, the
sum of all principal credits credited to
the participant under the plan, as of the
current annuity starting date, is
compared to the sum of—
(1) The remaining balance of the
participant’s accumulated benefit as of
the current annuity starting date;
(2) The amount of the reduction to the
participant’s accumulated benefit under
the statutory hybrid benefit formula that
is attributable to any prior distribution
of the participant’s benefit under that
formula; and
(3) Any amount that was treated as
included in the accumulated benefit
under the rules of this paragraph (d)(2)
as of any prior annuity starting date.
(C) Special rule for participants with
5 or more breaks in service. A plan is
permitted to provide that, in the case of
a participant who receives a distribution
of the entire vested benefit under the
plan and thereafter completes 5
consecutive 1-year breaks in service, as
defined in section 411(a)(6)(A), the rules
of this paragraph (d)(2) are applied
without regard to the prior period of
service. Thus, in the case of such a
participant, the plan is permitted to
provide that the rules of this paragraph
(d)(2) are applied disregarding the
principal credits and distributions that
occurred before the breaks in service.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) Long-term investment grade
corporate bonds. For purposes of this
paragraph (d), the rate of interest on
long-term investment grade corporate
bonds means the third segment rate
described in section 417(e)(3)(D) or
430(h)(2)(C)(iii) (determined with or
without regard to section
430(h)(2)(C)(iv) and with or without
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
regard to the transition rules of section
417(e)(3)(D)(ii) or 430(h)(2)(G)).
However, for plan years beginning prior
to January 1, 2008, the rate of interest
on long-term investment grade corporate
bonds means the rate described in
section 412(b)(5)(B)(ii)(II) prior to
amendment by the Pension Protection
Act of 2006, Public Law 109–280 (120
Stat. 780 (2006)) (PPA ’06).
(4) * * *
(ii) Rates based on government bonds
with margins. An interest crediting rate
is deemed to be not in excess of the
interest rate described in paragraph
(d)(3) of this section if the rate is equal
to the sum of any of the following rates
of interest for bonds and the associated
margin for that interest rate:
Interest rate bond index
The
The
The
The
The
The
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Associated margin
discount rate on 3-month Treasury Bills ............................................................................................................................
discount rate on 12-month or shorter Treasury Bills .........................................................................................................
yield on 1-year Treasury Constant Maturities ....................................................................................................................
yield on 3-year or shorter Treasury Constant Maturities ...................................................................................................
yield on 7-year or shorter Treasury Constant Maturities ...................................................................................................
yield on 30-year or shorter Treasury Constant Maturities .................................................................................................
*
*
*
*
*
(iv) Short and mid-term investment
grade corporate bonds. An interest
crediting rate equal to the first segment
rate is deemed to be not in excess of the
interest rate described in paragraph
(d)(3) of this section. Similarly, an
interest crediting rate equal to the
second segment rate is deemed to be not
in excess of the interest rate described
in paragraph (d)(3) of this section. For
this purpose, the first and second
segment rates mean the first and second
segment rates described in section
417(e)(3)(D) or 430(h)(2)(C), determined
with or without regard to section
430(h)(2)(C)(iv) and with or without
regard to the transition rules of section
417(e)(3)(D)(ii) or 430(h)(2)(G).
(v) Fixed rate of interest. An annual
interest crediting rate equal to a fixed 6
percent is deemed to be not in excess of
the interest rate described in paragraph
(d)(3) of this section.
(5) * * *
(ii) Actual rate of return on plan
assets—(A) In general. An interest
crediting rate equal to the actual rate of
return on the aggregate assets of the
plan, including both positive returns
and negative returns, is not in excess of
a market rate of return if the plan’s
assets are diversified so as to minimize
the volatility of returns. This
requirement that plan assets be
diversified so as to minimize the
volatility of returns does not require
greater diversification than is required
under section 404(a)(1)(C) of Title I of
the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, Public Law 93–
406 (88 Stat. 829 (1974)), as amended
(ERISA), with respect to defined benefit
pension plans.
(B) Subset of plan assets. An interest
crediting rate equal to the actual rate of
return on the assets within a specified
subset of plan assets, including both
positive and negative returns, is not in
excess of a market rate of return if—
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
(1) The subset of plan assets is
diversified so as to minimize the
volatility of returns, within the meaning
of paragraph (d)(5)(ii)(A) of this section
(thus, this requirement is satisfied if the
subset of plan assets is diversified such
that it would meet the requirements of
paragraph (d)(5)(ii)(A) of this section if
the subset were aggregate plan assets);
(2) The aggregate fair market value of
qualifying employer securities and
qualifying employer real property
(within the meaning of section 407 of
ERISA) held in the subset of plan assets
does not exceed 10 percent of the fair
market value of the aggregate assets in
the subset; and
(3) The fair market value of the assets
within the subset of plan assets
approximates the liabilities for benefits
that are adjusted by reference to the rate
of return on the assets within the subset,
determined using reasonable actuarial
assumptions.
(C) Examples. The following
examples illustrate the application of
paragraph (d)(5)(ii)(B) of this section:
Example 1. (i) Facts. (a) Employer A
sponsors a defined benefit plan under which
benefit accruals are determined under a
formula that is not a statutory hybrid benefit
formula. Effective January 1, 2015, the plan
is amended to cease future accruals under the
existing formula and to provide future benefit
accruals under a statutory hybrid benefit
formula that uses hypothetical accounts. For
service on or after January 1, 2015, the terms
of the plan provide that each participant’s
hypothetical account balance is credited
monthly with a pay credit equal to a
specified percentage of the participant’s
compensation during the month. The plan
also provides that hypothetical account
balance is increased or decreased by an
interest credit, which is calculated as the
product of the account balance at the
beginning of the period and the net rate of
return on the assets within a specified subset
of plan assets during that period. Under the
terms of the plan, the net rate of return is
equal to the actual rate of return adjusted to
reflect a reduction for specified plan
expenses. The plan does not provide for
interest credits on amounts that are
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
56463
Sfmt 4700
175 basis points.
150 basis points.
100 basis points.
50 basis points.
25 basis points.
0 basis points.
distributed prior to the end of an interest
crediting period.
(b) As of the effective date of the
amendment, there are no assets in the
specified subset of plan assets. Under the
terms of the plan, an amount is added to the
specified subset at the time each subsequent
contribution for any plan year starting on or
after the effective date of the amendment is
made to the plan. The amount added (the
formula contribution) is the amount deemed
necessary to fund benefit accruals under the
statutory hybrid benefit formula. Investment
of the specified subset is diversified so as to
minimize the volatility of returns, within the
meaning of paragraph (d)(5)(ii)(A) of this
section, and no qualifying employer
securities or qualifying employer real
property (within the meaning of section 407
of ERISA) are held in the subset. Benefits
accrued under the statutory hybrid benefit
formula are paid from the specified subset.
However, if assets of the specified subset are
insufficient to pay benefits accrued under the
statutory hybrid benefit formula, the plan
provides that assets of the residual legacy
subset of plan assets (from which benefits
accrued before January 1, 2015 are paid) are
available to pay those benefits in accordance
with the requirement that all assets of the
plan be available to pay all plan benefits.
Except as described in this paragraph, no
other amounts are added to or subtracted
from the specified subset of plan assets.
(c) The formula contribution for each plan
year that is added to the specified subset of
plan assets is an amount equal to the sum of
the target normal cost of the statutory hybrid
benefit formula for the plan year plus an
additional amount intended to reflect gains
or losses. This additional amount is equal to
the annual amount necessary to amortize the
difference between the funding target
attributable to the statutory hybrid benefit
formula portion of the plan for the plan year
over the value of plan assets included in the
specified subset of plan assets for the plan
year in level annual installments over a 7year period. For this purpose, target normal
cost and funding target are determined under
the rules of § 1.430(d)–1 as if the statutory
hybrid benefit formula portion of the plan
were the entire plan and without regard to
special rules that are applicable to a plan in
at-risk status, even if the plan is in at-risk
status for a plan year. If the formula
contribution for a plan year exceeds the
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
56464
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
amount of the actual contribution to the plan
for a year (such as could be the case if all or
a portion of the contribution is offset by all
or a portion of the plan’s prefunding
balance), then an amount equal to the excess
of the formula contribution over the actual
contribution is transferred from the residual
legacy subset of plan assets to the specified
subset of plan assets on the plan’s due date
for the minimum required contribution for
the year.
(ii) Conclusion. The specified subset is
diversified so as to minimize the volatility of
returns (within the meaning of paragraph
(d)(5)(ii)(A) of this section). The aggregate fair
market value of qualifying employer
securities and qualifying employer real
property (within the meaning of section 407
of ERISA) held in the specified subset do not
exceed 10 percent of the fair market value of
the aggregate assets in the subset. The fair
market value of the assets within the
specified subset of plan assets approximates
the liabilities for benefits that are adjusted by
reference to the rate of return on the assets
within the subset, determined using
reasonable actuarial assumptions, within the
meaning of paragraph (d)(5)(ii)(B)(3) of this
section. Therefore, the interest crediting rate
under the statutory hybrid benefit formula
portion of Employer A’s defined benefit plan
is not in excess of a market rate of return.
Example 2. (i) Facts. (a) Pursuant to a
collective bargaining agreement, Employer X,
Employer Y and Employer Z maintain and
contribute to a multiemployer plan (as
defined in section 414(f)) that is established
as of January 1, 2015 under which benefit
accruals are determined under a variable
annuity benefit formula. The plan provides
that, on an annual basis, the benefit of each
participant who has not yet retired is
adjusted by reference to the difference
between the actual return on the assets
within a specified subset of plan assets and
4 percent. A participant’s benefits are fixed
at retirement and thereafter are not adjusted.
(b) As of the effective date of the plan,
there are no assets in the specified subset.
Under the terms of the plan, any amount
contributed to the plan by a contributing
employer is added to the specified subset at
the time of the contribution. Investment of
the specified subset is diversified so as to
minimize the volatility of returns, within the
meaning of paragraph (d)(5)(ii)(A) of this
section, and no qualifying employer
securities or qualifying employer real
property (within the meaning of section 407
of ERISA) are held in the subset. The plan
provides that, at the time of a participant’s
retirement, an amount equal to the present
value of the liability for benefits payable to
that participant is transferred to a separate
subset of plan assets (the retiree pool). The
retiree pool is invested in high-quality bonds
in an attempt to achieve cash-flow matching
of the retiree liabilities. Benefits are paid
from the retiree pool. However, if assets of
the retiree pool are insufficient to pay
benefits, the plan provides that assets of the
specified subset are available to pay benefits
in accordance with the requirement that all
assets of the plan be available to pay all plan
benefits. Except as described in this
paragraph, no other amounts are added to or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
subtracted from the specified subset of plan
assets.
(ii) Conclusion. The specified subset is
diversified so as to minimize the volatility of
returns (within the meaning of paragraph
(d)(5)(ii)(A) of this section). The aggregate fair
market value of qualifying employer
securities and qualifying employer real
property (within the meaning of section 407
of ERISA) held in the specified subset do not
exceed 10 percent of the fair market value of
the aggregate assets in the subset. The fair
market value of the assets within the
specified subset of plan assets approximates
the liabilities for benefits that are adjusted by
reference to the rate of return on the assets
within the subset, determined using
reasonable actuarial assumptions, within the
meaning of paragraph (d)(5)(ii)(B)(3) of this
section. Therefore, the methodology used to
adjust participant benefits under the plan’s
variable annuity benefit formula, which is a
statutory hybrid benefit formula under
§ 1.411(a)(13)–1(d)(4), is not in excess of a
market rate of return.
*
*
*
*
*
(iv) Rate of return on certain RICs. An
interest crediting rate is not in excess of
a market rate of return if it is equal to
the rate of return on a regulated
investment company (RIC), as defined
in section 851, that is reasonably
expected to be not significantly more
volatile than the broad United States
equities market or a similarly broad
international equities market. For
example, a RIC that has most of its
assets invested in securities of issuers
(including other RICs) concentrated in
an industry sector or a country other
than the United States generally would
not meet this requirement. Likewise a
RIC that uses leverage, or that has
significant investment in derivative
financial products, for the purpose of
achieving returns that amplify the
returns of an unleveraged investment,
generally would not meet this
requirement. Thus, a RIC that has most
of its investments concentrated in the
semiconductor industry or that uses
leverage in order to provide a rate of
return that is twice the rate of return on
the Standard & Poor’s 500 index (S&P
500) would not meet this requirement.
On the other hand, a RIC with
investments that track the rate of return
on the S&P 500, a broad-based ‘‘smallcap’’ index (such as the Russell 2000
index), or a broad-based international
equities index would meet this
requirement.
(6) * * *
(ii) Annual or more frequent floor—
(A) Application to segment rates. An
interest crediting rate under a plan does
not fail to be described in paragraph
(d)(3) or (d)(4)(iv) of this section for an
interest crediting period merely because
the plan provides that the interest
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
crediting rate for that interest crediting
period equals the greater of—
(1) An interest crediting rate
described in paragraph (d)(3) or
(d)(4)(iv) of this section; and
(2) An annual interest rate of 4
percent or less (or a pro rata portion of
an annual interest rate of 4 percent or
less for plans that provide interest
credits more frequently than annually).
(B) Application to other bond-based
rates. An interest crediting rate under a
plan does not fail to be described in
paragraph (d)(4) of this section for an
interest crediting period merely because
the plan provides that the interest
crediting rate for that interest crediting
period equals the greater of—
(1) An interest crediting rate
described in paragraph (d)(4)(ii) or
(d)(4)(iii) of this section; and
(2) An annual interest rate of 5
percent or less (or a pro rata portion of
an annual interest rate of 5 percent or
less for plans that provide interest
credits more frequently than annually).
(iii) Cumulative floor applied to
investment-based or bond-based rates—
(A) In general. A plan that determines
interest credits under a statutory hybrid
benefit formula using a particular
interest crediting rate described in
paragraph (d)(3), (d)(4), or (d)(5) of this
section (or an interest crediting rate that
can never be in excess of a particular
interest crediting rate described in
paragraph (d)(3), (d)(4) or (d)(5) of this
section) does not provide an effective
interest crediting rate in excess of a
market rate of return merely because the
plan provides that the participant’s
benefit under the statutory hybrid
benefit formula determined as of the
participant’s annuity starting date is
equal to the benefit determined as if the
accumulated benefit were equal to the
greater of—
(1) The accumulated benefit
determined using the interest crediting
rate; and
(2) The accumulated benefit
determined as if the plan had used a
fixed annual interest crediting rate equal
to 3 percent (or a lower rate) for all
principal credits that are credited under
the plan to the participant during the
guarantee period (minimum guarantee
amount).
(B) Guarantee period defined. The
guarantee period is the prospective
period that begins on the date the
cumulative floor described in this
paragraph (d)(6)(iii) begins to apply to
the participant’s benefit and that ends
on the date on which that cumulative
floor ceases to apply to the participant’s
benefit.
(C) Application to multiple annuity
starting dates. The determination under
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
this paragraph (d)(6)(iii) is made only as
of an annuity starting date, within the
meaning of § 1.401(a)–20, A–10(b), with
respect to which a distribution of the
participant’s entire vested benefit under
the plan’s statutory hybrid benefit
formula as of that date commences. For
a participant who has more than one
annuity starting date, paragraph
(d)(6)(iii)(D) of this section provides
rules to account for prior annuity
starting dates when applying paragraph
(d)(6)(iii)(A) of this section. If the
comparison under paragraph
(d)(6)(iii)(D) of this section results in the
minimum guarantee amount exceeding
the sum of the amounts described in
paragraphs (d)(6)(iii)(D)(1) through
(d)(6)(iii)(D)(3) of this section, then the
participant’s benefit to be distributed at
the current annuity starting date must
be no less than would be provided if
that excess were included in the current
accumulated benefit.
(D) Comparison to reflect prior
distributions. For a participant who has
more than one annuity starting date, the
minimum guarantee amount (described
in paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this
section), as of the current annuity
starting date, is compared to the sum
of—
(1) The remaining balance of the
participant’s accumulated benefit, as of
the current annuity starting date, to
which a minimum guaranteed rate
described in paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(A)(2)
of this section applies;
(2) The amount of the reduction to the
participant’s accumulated benefit under
the statutory hybrid benefit formula that
is attributable to any prior distribution
of the participant’s benefit under that
formula and to which a minimum
guaranteed rate described in paragraph
(d)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this section applied,
together with interest at that minimum
guaranteed rate annually from the prior
annuity starting date to the current
annuity starting date; and
(3) Any amount that was treated as
included in the accumulated benefit
under the rules of this paragraph
(d)(6)(iii) as of any prior annuity starting
date, together with interest annually at
the minimum guaranteed rate that
applied to the prior distribution from
the prior annuity starting date to the
current annuity starting date.
(E) Application to portion of
participant’s benefit. A cumulative floor
described in this paragraph (d)(6)(iii)
may be applied to a portion of a
participant’s benefit, provided the
requirements of this paragraph (d)(6)(iii)
are satisfied with respect to that portion
of the benefit. If a cumulative floor
described in this paragraph (d)(6)(iii)
applies to a portion of a participant’s
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
benefit, only the principal credits that
are attributable to that portion of the
participant’s benefit are taken into
account in determining the amount of
the guarantee described in paragraph
(d)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this section.
(e) * * *
(2) Plan termination—(i) In general.
This paragraph (e)(2) provides special
rules that apply for purposes of
determining certain plan factors under a
statutory hybrid benefit formula after
the plan termination date of a statutory
hybrid plan. The terms of a statutory
hybrid plan must reflect the
requirements of this paragraph (e)(2).
Paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section sets
forth rules relating to the interest
crediting rate for interest crediting
periods that end after the plan
termination date. Paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of
this section sets forth rules for
converting a participant’s accumulated
benefit to an annuity after the plan
termination date. Paragraph (e)(2)(iv) of
this section sets forth rules of
application. Paragraph (e)(2)(v) of this
section contains examples. The
Commissioner may, in revenue rulings,
notices, or other guidance published in
the Internal Revenue Bulletin, provide
for additional rules that apply for
purposes of this paragraph (e)(2) and
the plan termination provisions of
section 411(b)(5)(B)(vi). See
§ 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter. See
also regulations of the Pension Benefit
Guaranty Corporation for additional
rules that apply when a pension plan
subject to Title IV of ERISA is
terminated.
(ii) Interest crediting rates used to
determine accumulated benefits—(A)
General rule. The interest crediting rate
used under the plan to determine a
participant’s accumulated benefit for
interest crediting periods that end after
the plan termination date must be equal
to the average of the interest rates used
under the plan during the 5-year period
ending on the plan termination date.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (e)(2)(ii), the actual annual
interest rate (taking into account
minimums, maximums, and other
adjustments) used to determine interest
credits under the plan for each of the
interest crediting periods is used for
purposes of determining the average of
the interest rates.
(B) Special rule for variable interest
crediting rates that are other rates of
return—(1) Application to interest
crediting periods. This paragraph
(e)(2)(ii)(B) applies for an interest
crediting period if the interest crediting
rate that was used for that interest
crediting period was a rate of return
described in paragraph (d)(5) of this
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56465
section. This paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(B) also
applies for an interest crediting period
that begins before the first plan year that
begins on or after January 1, 2016, if the
interest crediting rate that was used for
that interest crediting period had the
potential to be negative. For this
purpose, a rate is not treated as having
the potential to be negative if it is a rate
described in paragraph (d)(3) or (d)(4) of
this section or is any other rate that is
based solely on current bond yields.
(2) Use of substitution rate. For any
interest crediting period to which this
paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(B) applies, for
purposes of determining the average of
the interest rates under this paragraph
(e)(2)(ii), the interest rate used under the
plan for the interest crediting period is
deemed to be equal to the substitution
rate (as described in paragraph
(e)(2)(ii)(C) of this section) for the
period.
(C) Definition of substitution rate. The
substitution rate for any interest
crediting period equals the second
segment rate under section
430(h)(2)(C)(ii) (determined without
regard to section 430(h)(2)(C)(iv)) for the
last calendar month ending before the
beginning of the interest crediting
period, as adjusted to account for any
minimums or maximums that applied in
the period (other than cumulative floors
under paragraph (d)(6)(iii) of this
section), but without regard to other
reductions that applied in the period.
Thus, for example, if the actual interest
crediting rate in an interest crediting
period is equal to the rate of return on
plan assets, but not greater than 5
percent, then the substitution rate for
that interest crediting period is equal to
the lesser of the applicable second
segment rate for the period and 5
percent. However, if the actual interest
crediting rate for an interest crediting
period is equal to the rate of return on
plan assets minus 200 basis points, then
the substitution rate for that interest
crediting period is equal to the
applicable second segment rate for the
period.
(D) Cumulative floors. Cumulative
floors under paragraph (d)(6)(iii) of this
section that applied during the 5-year
period ending on the plan termination
date are not taken into account for
purposes of determining the average of
the interest rates under this paragraph
(e)(2)(ii). However, the rules of
paragraph (d)(6)(iii) of this section
continue to apply to determine benefits
as of annuity starting dates on or after
the plan termination date. Thus, if, as of
an annuity starting date on or after the
plan termination date, the benefit
provided by applying an applicable
cumulative minimum rate under
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
56466
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this section
exceeds the benefit determined by
applying interest credits to the
participant’s accumulated benefit (with
interest credits for interest crediting
periods that end after the plan
termination date determined under this
paragraph (e)(2)), then that cumulative
minimum rate is used to determine
benefits as of that annuity starting date.
(iii) Annuity conversion rates and
factors—(A) Conversion factors where a
separate mortality table was used prior
to plan termination—(1) Use of a
separate mortality table. This paragraph
(e)(2)(iii)(A) applies for purposes of
converting a participant’s accumulated
benefit to an annuity after the plan
termination date if, for the entire 5-year
period ending on the plan termination
date, the plan provides for a mortality
table in conjunction with an interest
rate to be used to convert a participant’s
accumulated benefit (or a portion
thereof) to an annuity. If this paragraph
(e)(2)(iii)(A) applies, then the plan is
treated as meeting the requirements of
section 411(b)(5)(B)(i) and paragraph
(d)(1) of this section only if, for
purposes of converting a participant’s
accumulated benefit (or portion thereof)
to an annuity for annuity starting dates
after the plan termination date, the
mortality table used is the table
described in paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(2)
of this section and the interest rate is the
rate described in paragraph
(e)(2)(iii)(A)(3) of this section.
(2) Specific mortality table. The
mortality table used is the mortality
table specified under the plan for
purposes of converting a participant’s
accumulated benefit to an annuity as of
the termination date. This mortality
table is used regardless of whether it
was used during the entire 5-year period
ending on the plan termination date. For
purposes of applying this paragraph
(e)(2)(iii)(A)(2), if the mortality table
specified in the plan, as of the plan
termination date, is a mortality table
that is updated to reflect expected
improvements in mortality experience
(such as occurs with the applicable
mortality table under section 417(e)(3)),
then the table used for an annuity
starting date after the plan termination
date takes into account updates through
the annuity starting date.
(3) Specific interest rate. The interest
rate used is the interest rate specified
under the plan for purposes of
converting a participant’s accumulated
benefit to an annuity for annuity starting
dates after the plan termination date.
However, if the interest rate used under
the plan for purposes of converting a
participant’s accumulated benefit to an
annuity has not been the same fixed rate
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
during the 5-year period ending on the
plan termination date, then the interest
rate used for purposes of converting a
participant’s accumulated benefit to an
annuity for annuity starting dates after
the plan termination date is the average
interest rate that applied for this
purpose during the 5-year period ending
on the plan termination date.
(B) Tabular factors. If, as of the plan
termination date, a tabular annuity
conversion factor (i.e., a single
conversion factor that combines the
effect of interest and mortality) is used
to convert a participant’s accumulated
benefit (or a portion thereof) to an
annuity and that same fixed tabular
annuity conversion factor has been used
during the entire 5-year period ending
on the plan termination date, then the
plan satisfies the requirements of this
paragraph (e)(2)(iii) only if that same
tabular annuity conversion factor
continues to apply after the plan
termination date. However, if the
tabular annuity conversion factor used
to convert a participant’s accumulated
benefit (or a portion thereof) to an
annuity is not described in the
preceding sentence (including any case
in which the tabular annuity conversion
factor was a fixed conversion factor that
changed during the 5-year period
ending on the plan termination date),
then the plan satisfies the requirements
of this paragraph (e)(2)(iii) only if the
tabular annuity conversion factor used
to convert a participant’s accumulated
benefit (or a portion thereof) to an
annuity for annuity starting dates after
the plan termination date is equal to the
average of the tabular annuity
conversion factors used under the plan
for that purpose during the 5-year
period ending on the plan termination
date.
(C) Factor applicable where a separate
mortality table was not used for entire
5-year period prior to plan termination.
If paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A) of this section
does not apply (including any case in
which a separate mortality table was
used in conjunction with a separate
interest rate to convert a participant’s
accumulated benefit (or a portion
thereof) to an annuity for only a portion
of the 5-year period ending on the plan
termination date), then the plan is
treated as having used a tabular annuity
conversion factor to convert a
participant’s accumulated benefit (or a
portion thereof) to an annuity for the
entire 5-year period ending on the plan
termination date. As a result, the rules
of paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(B) of this section
apply to determine the annuity
conversion factor used for purposes of
converting a participant’s accumulated
benefit (or portion thereof) to an annuity
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
for annuity starting dates after the plan
termination date. For this purpose, if a
separate mortality table and separate
interest rate applied for a portion of the
5-year period, that mortality table and
interest rate are used to calculate an
annuity conversion factor and that
factor is treated as having been the
tabular annuity conversion factor that
applied for that portion of the 5-year
period for purposes of this paragraph
(e)(2)(iii).
(D) Separate application with respect
to optional forms. This paragraph
(e)(2)(iii) applies separately with respect
to each optional form of benefit on the
date of plan termination. For this
purpose, the term optional form of
benefit has the meaning given that term
in § 1.411(d)–3(g)(6)(ii), except that a
change in the annuity conversion factor
used to determine a particular benefit is
disregarded in determining whether
different optional forms exist. Thus, for
example, if, for the entire 5-year period
ending on the plan termination date, the
plan provides for a mortality table in
conjunction with an interest rate to be
used to determine annuities other than
qualified joint and survivor annuities,
but for specified tabular factors to apply
to determine annuities that are qualified
joint and survivor annuities, then
paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A) of this section
applies for purposes of annuities other
than qualified joint and survivor
annuities and paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(B) of
this section applies for purposes of
annuities that are qualified joint and
survivor annuities. In addition, if the
annuity conversion factor used to
determine a particular qualified joint
and survivor annuity has changed in the
5-year period ending on the plan
termination date, the different factors
are averaged for purposes of
determining the annuity conversion
factor that applies after plan termination
for that particular qualified joint and
survivor annuity.
(iv) Rules of application—(A) Average
of interest rates for crediting interest—
(1) In general. For purposes of
determining the average of the interest
rates under paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this
section, an interest crediting period is
taken into account if the interest
crediting date for the interest crediting
period is within the 5-year period
ending on the plan termination date.
The average of the interest rates is
determined as the arithmetic average of
the annual interest rates used for those
interest crediting periods. If the interest
crediting periods taken into account are
not all the same length, then each rate
is weighted to reflect the length of the
interest crediting period in which it
applied. If the plan provides for the
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
crediting of interest more frequently
than annually, then interest credits after
the plan termination date must be
prorated in accordance with the rules of
paragraph (d)(1)(iv)(C) of this section.
(2) Section 411(d)(6) protected
accumulated benefit. In general, the
interest rate that was used for each
interest crediting period is the ongoing
interest crediting rate that was specified
under the plan for that period, without
regard to any interest rate that was used
prior to an amendment changing the
interest crediting rate with respect to a
section 411(d)(6) protected benefit.
However, if, as of the end of the last
interest crediting period that ends on or
before the plan termination date, the
participant’s accumulated benefit is
based on a section 411(d)(6) protected
benefit that results from a prior
amendment to change the rate of
interest crediting applicable under the
plan, then the pre-amendment interest
rate is treated as having been used for
each interest crediting period after the
date of the interest crediting rate change
(so that the amendment is disregarded).
(B) Average annuity conversion rates
and factors—(1) In general. For
purposes of determining average
annuity conversion interest rates and
average tabular annuity conversion
factors under paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this
section, an interest rate or tabular
annuity conversion factor is taken into
account if the rate or conversion factor
applied under the terms of the plan to
convert a participant’s accumulated
benefit (or a portion thereof) to a benefit
payable in the form of an annuity during
the 5-year period ending on the plan
termination date. The average is
determined as the arithmetic average of
the interest rates or tabular factors used
during that period. If the periods in
which the rates or factors that are
averaged are not all the same length,
then each rate or factor is weighted to
reflect the length of the period in which
it applied.
(2) Section 411(d)(6) protected
annuity conversion factors. In general,
the annuity conversion interest rate or
tabular annuity conversion factor that
was used for each period is the ongoing
interest rate or tabular factor that was
specified under the plan for that period,
without regard to any rate or factor that
was used under the plan prior to an
amendment changing the rate or factor
with respect to a section 411(d)(6)
protected benefit. However, if, as of the
plan termination date, the participant’s
annuity benefit for an annuity
commencing at that date would be
based on a section 411(d)(6) protected
benefit that results from a prior
amendment to change the rate or factor
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
under the plan, then the pre-amendment
rate or factor is treated as having been
used after the date of the amendment (so
that the amendment is disregarded).
(C) Blended rates. If, as of the plan
termination date, the plan determines
interest credits by applying different
rates to two or more different
predetermined portions of the
accumulated benefit, then the interest
crediting rate that applies after the plan
termination date is determined
separately with respect to each portion
under the rules of paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of
this section.
(D) Participants with less than 5 years
of interest credits upon plan
termination. If the plan provided for
interest credits for any interest crediting
period in which, pursuant to the terms
of the plan, an individual was not
eligible to receive interest credits
(including because the individual was
not a participant or beneficiary in the
relevant interest crediting period), then,
for purposes of determining the
individual’s average interest crediting
rate under paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this
section, the individual is treated as
though the individual received interest
credits in that period using the interest
crediting rate that applied in that period
under the terms of the plan to a
similarly situated participant or
beneficiary who was eligible to receive
interest credits.
(E) Plan termination date—(1) Plans
subject to Title IV of ERISA. In the case
of a plan that is subject to Title IV of
ERISA, the plan termination date for
purposes of this paragraph (e)(2) means
the plan’s termination date established
under section 4048(a) of ERISA.
(2) Other plans. In the case of a plan
that is not subject to Title IV of ERISA,
the plan termination date for purposes
of this paragraph (e)(2) means the plan’s
termination date established by the plan
administrator, provided that the plan
termination date may be no earlier than
the date on which the actions necessary
to effect the plan termination—other
than the distribution of plan benefits—
are taken. However, a plan is not treated
as terminated on the plan’s termination
date if the assets are not distributed as
soon as administratively feasible after
that date. See Rev. Rul. 89–87 (1989–2
CB 2), (see § 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this
chapter).
(v) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of this paragraph
(e)(2). In each case, it is assumed that
the plan is terminated in a standard
termination.
Example 1. (i) Facts. (A) Plan A is a
defined benefit plan with a calendar plan
year that expresses each participant’s
accumulated benefit in the form of a
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
56467
hypothetical account balance to which
principal credits are made at the end of each
calendar quarter and to which interest is
credited at the end of each calendar quarter
based on the balance at the beginning of the
quarter. Interest credits under Plan A are
based on a rate of interest fixed at the
beginning of each plan year equal to the third
segment rate for the preceding December,
except that the plan used the rate of interest
on 30-year Treasury bonds (instead of the
third segment rate) for plan years before
2013. The plan is terminated on March 3,
2017.
(B) The third segment rate credited under
Plan A from January 1, 2013, through
December 31, 2016, is assumed to be: 6
percent annually for each of the four quarters
in 2016; 6.5 percent annually for each of the
four quarters in 2015; 6 percent annually for
each of the four quarters in 2014; and 5.5
percent annually for each of the four quarters
in 2013. The rate of interest on 30-year
Treasury bonds credited under Plan A for
each of the four quarters in 2012 is assumed
to be 4.4 percent annually.
(ii) Conclusion. Pursuant to paragraph
(e)(2)(ii) of this section, the interest crediting
rate used to determine accrued benefits
under the plan on and after the date of plan
termination is an annual rate of 5.68 percent
(which is the arithmetic average of 6 percent,
6.5 percent, 6 percent, 5.5 percent, and 4.4
percent). In accordance with the rules of
paragraph (d)(1)(iv)(C) of this section, the
quarterly interest crediting rate after the plan
termination date is 1.42 percent (5.68 divided
by 4).
Example 2. (i) Facts. The facts are the
same as Example 1. Participant S, who
terminated employment before January 1,
2017, has a hypothetical account balance of
$100,000 when the plan is terminated on
March 3, 2017. Participant S commences
distribution in the form of a straight life
annuity commencing on January 1, 2020. For
the entire 5-year period ending on the plan
termination date, the plan has provided that
the applicable section 417(e) rates for the
preceding August are applied on the annuity
starting date in order to convert the
hypothetical account balance to an annuity.
Based on the 5-year averages of the first
segment rates, the second segment rates, and
the third segment rates as of the plan
termination date, and the applicable
mortality table for the year 2020, the
resulting conversion rate at the January 1,
2020 annuity starting date is 166.67 for a
monthly straight life annuity payable to a
participant whose age is the age of
Participant S on January 1, 2020.
(ii) Conclusion. In accordance with the
conclusion in Example 1, the interest
crediting rate after the plan termination date
is 1.42 percent for each of the 12 quarterly
interest crediting dates in the period from
March 3, 2017, through December 31, 2019,
so that Participant S’s account balance is
$118,436 on December 31, 2019. As a result,
using the annuity conversion rate of 166.67,
the amount payable to Participant S
commencing on January 1, 2020 is $711 per
month.
Example 3. (i) Facts. The facts are the
same as Example 1. In addition, Participant
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
56468
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
T commenced participation in Plan A on
April 17, 2014.
(ii) Conclusion. In accordance with the
conclusion in Example 1 and the rule of
paragraph (e)(2)(iv)(D) of this section, the
quarterly interest crediting rate used to
determine Participant T’s accrued benefits
under Plan A on and after the date of plan
termination is 1.42 percent, which is the
same rate that applies to all participants and
beneficiaries in Plan A after the termination
date (and that would have applied to
Participant T if Participant T had
participated in the plan during the 5-year
period preceding the date of plan
termination).
Example 4. (i) Facts. (A) Plan B is a
defined benefit plan with a calendar plan
year that expresses each participant’s
accumulated benefit in the form of a
hypothetical account balance to which
principal credits are made at the end of each
calendar year and to which interest is
credited at the end of each calendar year
based on the balance at the end of the
preceding year. The plan is terminated on
January 27, 2018.
(B) The plan’s interest crediting rate for
each calendar year during the entire 5-year
period ending on the plan termination date
is equal to (A) 50 percent of the greater of the
rate of interest on 3-month Treasury Bills for
the preceding December and an annual rate
of 4 percent, plus (B) 50 percent of the rate
of return on plan assets. The rate of interest
on 3-month Treasury Bills credited under
Plan B is assumed to be: 3.4 Percent for 2017;
4 percent for 2016; 4.5 percent for 2015; 3.5
percent for 2014; and 4.2 percent for 2013.
Each of these rates applied under Plan B for
purposes of determining the interest credits
described in clause (A) of this paragraph (i),
except that the 4 percent minimum rate
applied for 2017 and 2014. The second
segment rate is assumed to be: 6 percent for
December 2016; 6 percent for December
2015; 6.5 percent for December 2014; 6
percent for December 2013; and 5.5 percent
for December 2012.
(ii) Conclusion. Pursuant to paragraph
(e)(2)(ii) of this section, the interest crediting
rate used to determine accrued benefits
under the plan on and after the date of plan
termination is 5.07 percent. This number is
equal to the sum of 50 percent of 4.14 percent
(which is the sum of 4 percent, 4 percent, 4.5
percent, 4 percent, and 4.2 percent, divided
by 5), and 50 percent of 6 percent (which is
the average second segment rate applicable
for the 5 interest crediting periods ending
within the 5-year period, as applied pursuant
to the substitution rule described in
paragraphs (e)(2)(ii)(B) and (C) of this
section).
Example 5. (i) Facts. The facts are the
same as in Example 4, except that the plan
had credited interest before January 1, 2016,
using the rate of return on a specified RIC
and had been amended effective January 1,
2016, to base interest credits for all plan
years after 2015 on the interest rate formula
described in paragraph (i) of Example 4. In
order to comply with section 411(d)(6), the
plan provides that, for each participant or
beneficiary who was a participant on
December 31, 2015, benefits at any date are
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
based on either the ongoing hypothetical
account balance on that date (which is based
on the December 31, 2015 balance, with
interest credited thereafter at the rate
described in the first sentence of paragraph
(i) of Example 4 and taking principal credits
after 2015 into account) or a special
hypothetical account balance (the pre-2016
balance) on that date, whichever balance is
greater. For each participant, the pre-2016
balance is a hypothetical account balance
equal to the participant’s December 31, 2015
balance, with interest credited thereafter at
the RIC rate of return, but with no principal
credits after 2015. There are 10 participants
for whom the pre-2016 balance exceeds the
ongoing hypothetical account balance at the
end of 2017 (which is the end of the last
interest crediting period that ends on or
before the January 27, 2018, plan termination
date).
(ii) Conclusion. Because Plan B credited
interest prior to 2016 using the rate of return
on a RIC (a rate described in paragraph (d)(5)
of this section), for purposes of determining
the average interest crediting rate upon plan
termination, the interest crediting rate used
to determine accrued benefits under Plan B
for all participants during those periods (for
the calendar years 2013, 2014, and 2015) is
equal to the second segment rate for
December of the calendar year preceding
each interest crediting period. In addition,
because the pre-2016 balances exceeded the
ongoing hypothetical account balance for 10
participants in the last interest crediting
period prior to plan termination, for purposes
of determining the average interest crediting
rate upon plan termination, the interest
crediting rate used to determine accrued
benefits under Plan B for 2016 and 2017 for
those participants is equal to the second
segment rate for December 2015 and
December 2016, respectively. For all other
participants, for purposes of determining the
average interest crediting rate upon plan
termination, the interest crediting rate used
to determine accrued benefits under Plan B
for 2016 and 2017 is based on the ongoing
interest crediting rate (as described in
Example 4).
(3) * * * (i) * * * The right to future
interest credits determined in the manner
specified under the plan and not conditioned
on future service is a factor that is used to
determine the participant’s accrued benefit,
for purposes of section 411(d)(6). * * *
Paragraphs (e)(3)(ii) through (e)(3)(vi) of this
section set forth special rules that apply
regarding the interaction of section 411(d)(6)
and changes to a plan’s interest crediting
rate. * * *
(ii) * * *
(B) The effective date of the amendment is
at least 30 days after adoption of the
amendment;
(C) On the effective date of the amendment,
the new interest crediting rate is not lower
than the interest crediting rate that would
have applied in the absence of the
amendment; and
(D) For plan years that begin on or after
January 1, 2016, if prior to the amendment
the plan used a fixed annual floor in
connection with a rate described in
paragraph (d)(4)(ii), (iii) or (iv) of this section
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(as permitted under paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of
this section), the floor is retained after the
amendment to the maximum extent
permissible under paragraph (d)(6)(ii)(A) of
this section.
(iii) Coordination of section 411(d)(6) and
market rate of return limitation—(A) In
general. An amendment to a statutory hybrid
plan that preserves a section 411(d)(6)
protected benefit is subject to the rules under
paragraph (d) of this section relating to
market rate of return. However, in the case
of an amendment to change a plan’s interest
crediting rate for periods after the applicable
amendment date from one interest crediting
rate (the old rate) that satisfies the
requirements of paragraph (d) of this section
to another interest crediting rate (the new
rate) that satisfies the requirements of
paragraph (d) of this section, the plan’s
effective interest crediting rate is not in
excess of a market rate of return for purposes
of paragraph (d) of this section merely
because the plan provides for the benefit of
any participant who is benefiting under the
plan (within the meaning of § 1.410(b)–3(a))
on the applicable amendment date to never
be less than what it would be if the old rate
had continued but without taking into
account any principal credits (as defined in
paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(D) of this section) after
the applicable amendment date.
(B) Multiple amendments. A pattern of
repeated plan amendments each of which
provides for a prospective change in the
plan’s interest crediting rate with respect to
the benefit as of the applicable amendment
date will be treated as resulting in the
ongoing plan terms providing for an effective
interest crediting rate that is in excess of a
market rate of return. See § 1.411(d)–4, A–
1(c)(1).
(iv) Change in lookback month or stability
period used to determine interest credits—
(A) Section 411(d)(6) anti-cutback relief.
With respect to a plan using an interest
crediting rate described in paragraph (d)(3) or
(d)(4) of this section, notwithstanding the
general rule of paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this
section, if a plan amendment changes the
lookback month or stability period used to
determine interest credits, the amendment is
not treated as reducing accrued benefits in
violation of section 411(d)(6) merely on
account of this change if the conditions of
this paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(A) are satisfied. If the
plan amendment is effective on or after the
adoption date, any interest credits credited
for the one-year period commencing on the
date the amendment is effective must be
determined using the lookback month and
stability period provided under the plan
before the amendment or the lookback month
and stability period after the amendment,
whichever results in the larger interest
credits. If the plan amendment is adopted
retroactively (that is, the amendment is
effective prior to the adoption date), the plan
must use the lookback month and stability
period resulting in the larger interest credits
for the period beginning with the effective
date and ending one year after the adoption
date.
(B) Section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(I) market rate of
return relief. The plan’s effective interest
crediting rate is not in excess of a market rate
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
of return for purposes of paragraph (d) of this
section merely because a plan amendment
complies with the requirements of paragraph
(e)(3)(iv)(A) of this section. However, a
pattern of repeated plan amendments each of
which provides for a change in the lookback
month or stability period used to determine
interest credits will be treated as resulting in
the ongoing plan terms providing for an
effective interest crediting rate that is in
excess of a market rate of return. See
§ 1.411(d)–4, A–1(c)(1).
(v) RIC ceasing to exist. This paragraph
(e)(3)(v) applies in the case of a statutory
hybrid plan that credits interest using an
interest crediting rate equal to the rate of
return on a RIC (pursuant to paragraph
(d)(5)(iv) of this section) that ceases to exist,
whether as a result of a name change,
liquidation, or otherwise. In such a case, the
plan is not treated as violating section
411(d)(6) provided that the rate of return on
the successor RIC is substituted for the rate
of return on the RIC that no longer exists, for
purposes of crediting interest for periods
after the date the RIC ceased to exist. In the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 Sep 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
case of a name change or merger of RICs, the
successor RIC means the RIC that results
from the name change or merger involving
the RIC that no longer exists. In all other
cases, the successor RIC is a RIC selected by
the plan sponsor that has reasonably similar
characteristics, including characteristics
related to risk and rate of return, as the RIC
that no longer exists.
(4) Actuarial increases after normal
retirement age. A statutory hybrid plan is not
treated as providing an effective interest
crediting rate that is in excess of a market
rate of return for purposes of paragraph (d)
of this section merely because the plan
provides that the participant’s benefit, as of
each annuity starting date after normal
retirement age, is equal to the greater of—
(i) The benefit based on the accumulated
benefit determined using an interest crediting
rate that is not in excess of a market rate of
return under paragraph (d) of this section;
and
(ii) The benefit that satisfies the
requirements of section 411(a)(2).
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
56469
(5) Plans that permit participant direction
of interest crediting rates. [Reserved]
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) * * *
(B) Special effective date. Paragraphs
(d)(1)(iii), (d)(1)(iv)(D), (d)(1)(vi), (d)(2)(ii),
(d)(4)(v), (d)(5)(ii)(B), (d)(5)(iv), (d)(6), (e)(2),
(e)(3)(iii), (e)(3)(iv), (e)(3)(v) and (e)(4) of this
section apply to plan years that begin on or
after January 1, 2016 (or an earlier date as
elected by the taxpayer).
*
*
*
*
*
John Dalrymple,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and
Enforcement.
Mark J. Mazur,
Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Tax
Policy).
[FR Doc. 2014–22293 Filed 9–18–14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4830–01–P
E:\FR\FM\19SER2.SGM
19SER2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 79, Number 182 (Friday, September 19, 2014)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 56441-56469]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2014-22293]
[[Page 56441]]
Vol. 79
Friday,
No. 182
September 19, 2014
Part II
Department of the Treasury
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Internal Revenue Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
26 CFR Part 1
Additional Rules Regarding Hybrid Retirement Plans; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 79 , No. 182 / Friday, September 19, 2014 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 56442]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
[TD 9693]
RIN 1545-BI16
Additional Rules Regarding Hybrid Retirement Plans
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Final regulations.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This document contains final regulations providing guidance
relating to applicable defined benefit plans. Applicable defined
benefit plans are defined benefit plans that use a lump sum-based
benefit formula, including cash balance plans and pension equity plans,
as well as other hybrid retirement plans that have a similar effect.
These regulations provide guidance relating to certain provisions that
apply to applicable defined benefit plans that were added to the
Internal Revenue Code (Code) by the Pension Protection Act of 2006, as
amended by the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008.
These regulations affect sponsors, administrators, participants, and
beneficiaries of these plans.
DATES: Effective Date: These regulations are effective on September 19,
2014.
Applicability Date: These regulations generally apply to plan years
that begin on or after January 1, 2016. However, see the ``Effective/
Applicability Dates'' section in this preamble for additional
information regarding the applicability of these regulations.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Neil S. Sandhu or Linda S. F. Marshall
at (202) 317-6700 (not a toll-free number).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
This document contains amendments to the Income Tax Regulations (26
CFR part 1) under sections 411(a)(13), 411(b)(1), and 411(b)(5) of the
Code. Generally, a defined benefit pension plan must satisfy the
minimum vesting standards of section 411(a) and the accrual
requirements of section 411(b) in order to be qualified under section
401(a) of the Code. Sections 411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5), which modify the
minimum vesting standards of section 411(a) and the accrual
requirements of section 411(b), were added to the Code by section
701(b) of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, Public Law 109-280 (120
Stat. 780 (2006)) (PPA '06). Sections 411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5), as well
as certain effective date provisions related to these sections, were
subsequently amended by the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act
of 2008, Public Law 110-458 (122 Stat. 5092 (2008)) (WRERA '08).
Section 411(a)(13)(A) provides that an applicable defined benefit
plan (which is defined in section 411(a)(13)(C)) is not treated as
failing to meet either (i) the requirements of section 411(a)(2)
(subject to a special vesting rule in section 411(a)(13)(B) with
respect to benefits derived from employer contributions) or (ii) the
requirements of section 411(a)(11), 411(c), or 417(e), with respect to
accrued benefits derived from employer contributions, merely because
the present value of the accrued benefit (or any portion thereof) of
any participant is, under the terms of the plan, equal to the amount
expressed as the balance of a hypothetical account or as an accumulated
percentage of the participant's final average compensation. Section
411(a)(13)(B) requires an applicable defined benefit plan to provide
that an employee who has completed at least 3 years of service has a
nonforfeitable right to 100 percent of the employee's accrued benefit
derived from employer contributions.
Under section 411(a)(13)(C)(i), an applicable defined benefit plan
is defined as a defined benefit plan under which the accrued benefit
(or any portion thereof) of a participant is calculated as the balance
of a hypothetical account maintained for the participant or as an
accumulated percentage of the participant's final average compensation.
Under section 411(a)(13)(C)(ii), the Secretary of the Treasury is to
issue regulations which include in the definition of an applicable
defined benefit plan any defined benefit plan (or portion of such a
plan) which has an effect similar to a plan described in section
411(a)(13)(C)(i).
Section 411(a) requires that a defined benefit plan satisfy the
requirements of section 411(b)(1). Section 411(b)(1) provides that a
defined benefit plan must satisfy one of the three accrual rules of
section 411(b)(1)(A), (B) and (C) with respect to benefits accruing
under the plan. The three accrual rules are the 3 percent method of
section 411(b)(1)(A), the 133\1/3\ percent rule of section
411(b)(1)(B), and the fractional rule of section 411(b)(1)(C).
Section 411(b)(1)(B) provides that a defined benefit plan satisfies
the requirements of the 133\1/3\ percent rule for a particular plan
year if, under the plan, the accrued benefit payable at the normal
retirement age is equal to the normal retirement benefit, and the
annual rate at which any individual who is or could be a participant
can accrue the retirement benefits payable at normal retirement age
under the plan for any later plan year is not more than 133\1/3\
percent of the annual rate at which the individual can accrue benefits
for any plan year beginning on or after such particular plan year and
before such later plan year.
For purposes of applying the 133\1/3\ percent rule, section
411(b)(1)(B)(i) provides that any amendment to the plan which is in
effect for the current year is treated as in effect for all other plan
years. Section 411(b)(1)(B)(ii) provides that any change in an accrual
rate which does not apply to any individual who is or could be a
participant in the current plan year is disregarded. Section
411(b)(1)(B)(iii) provides that the fact that benefits under the plan
may be payable to certain participants before normal retirement age is
disregarded. Section 411(b)(1)(B)(iv) provides that Social Security
benefits and all other relevant factors used to compute benefits are
treated as remaining constant as of the current plan year for all years
after the current year.
Section 411(b)(1)(G) provides that a defined benefit plan fails to
comply with section 411(b) if the participant's accrued benefit is
reduced on account of any increase in the participant's age or service.
Section 411(b)(1)(G) contains a limited exception to this requirement
for any social security supplement.
Section 411(b)(1)(H)(i) provides that a defined benefit plan fails
to comply with section 411(b) if, under the plan, an employee's benefit
accrual is ceased, or the rate of an employee's benefit accrual is
reduced, because of the attainment of any age. Section 411(b)(5), which
was added to the Code by section 701(b)(1) of PPA '06, provides
additional rules related to section 411(b)(1)(H)(i). Section
411(b)(5)(A) generally provides that a plan is not treated as failing
to meet the requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H)(i) if a participant's
accrued benefit, as determined as of any date under the terms of the
plan, would be equal to or greater than that of any similarly situated,
younger individual who is or could be a participant. For this purpose,
section 411(b)(5)(A)(iv) provides that the accrued benefit may, under
the terms of the plan, be expressed as an annuity payable at normal
retirement age, the balance of a hypothetical account, or the current
value of the accumulated percentage of the employee's final average
compensation. Section 411(b)(5)(G) provides that, for purposes of
section 411(b)(5), any reference to the accrued benefit of a
[[Page 56443]]
participant refers to the participant's benefit accrued to date.
Section 411(b)(5)(B) imposes certain requirements on an applicable
defined benefit plan in order for the plan to satisfy section
411(b)(1)(H). Section 411(b)(5)(B)(i) provides that such a plan is
treated as failing to meet the requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H) if
the terms of the plan provide for an interest credit (or an equivalent
amount) for any plan year at a rate that is greater than a market rate
of return. Under section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(I), a plan is not treated as
having an above-market rate merely because the plan provides for a
reasonable minimum guaranteed rate of return or for a rate of return
that is equal to the greater of a fixed or variable rate of return.
Section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(II) provides that an applicable defined benefit
plan is treated as failing to meet the requirements of section
411(b)(1)(H) unless the plan provides that an interest credit (or an
equivalent amount) of less than zero can in no event result in the
account balance or similar amount being less than the aggregate amount
of contributions credited to the account. Section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(III)
authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury to provide by regulation for
rules governing the calculation of a market rate of return for purposes
of section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(I) and for permissible methods of crediting
interest to the account (including fixed or variable interest rates)
resulting in effective rates of return meeting the requirements of
section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(I).
Sections 411(b)(5)(B)(ii), 411(b)(5)(B)(iii) and 411(b)(5)(B)(iv)
contain additional requirements that apply if, after June 29, 2005, an
applicable plan amendment is adopted. Section 411(b)(5)(B)(v)(I)
defines an applicable plan amendment as an amendment to a defined
benefit plan which has the effect of converting the plan to an
applicable defined benefit plan. Under section 411(b)(5)(B)(ii), if,
after June 29, 2005, an applicable plan amendment is adopted, the plan
is treated as failing to meet the requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H)
unless the requirements of section 411(b)(5)(B)(iii) are met with
respect to each individual who was a participant in the plan
immediately before the adoption of the amendment. Section
411(b)(5)(B)(iii) specifies that, subject to section 411(b)(5)(B)(iv),
the requirements of section 411(b)(5)(B)(iii) are met with respect to
any participant if the accrued benefit of the participant under the
terms of the plan as in effect after the amendment is not less than the
sum of: (I) The participant's accrued benefit for years of service
before the effective date of the amendment, determined under the terms
of the plan as in effect before the amendment; plus (II) the
participant's accrued benefit for years of service after the effective
date of the amendment, determined under the terms of the plan as in
effect after the amendment. Section 411(b)(5)(B)(iv) provides that, for
purposes of section 411(b)(5)(B)(iii)(I), the plan must credit the
participant's account or similar amount with the amount of any early
retirement benefit or retirement-type subsidy for the plan year in
which the participant retires if, as of such time, the participant has
met the age, years of service, and other requirements under the plan
for entitlement to such benefit or subsidy.
Section 411(b)(5)(B)(v) sets forth certain provisions related to an
applicable plan amendment. Section 411(b)(5)(B)(v)(II) provides that if
the benefits under two or more defined benefit plans of an employer are
coordinated in such a manner as to have the effect of adoption of an
applicable plan amendment, the plan sponsor is treated as having
adopted an applicable plan amendment as of the date the coordination
begins. Section 411(b)(5)(B)(v)(III) directs the Secretary of the
Treasury to issue regulations to prevent the avoidance of the purposes
of section 411(b)(5)(B) through the use of two or more plan amendments
rather than a single amendment.
Section 411(b)(5)(B)(vi) provides special rules for determining
benefits upon termination of an applicable defined benefit plan. Under
section 411(b)(5)(B)(vi)(I), an applicable defined benefit plan is not
treated as satisfying the requirements of section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)
(regarding permissible interest crediting rates) unless the plan
provides that, upon plan termination, if the interest crediting rate
under the plan is a variable rate, the rate of interest used to
determine accrued benefits under the plan is equal to the average of
the rates of interest used under the plan during the 5-year period
ending on the termination date. In addition, under section
411(b)(5)(B)(vi)(II), the plan must provide that, upon plan
termination, the interest rate and mortality table used to determine
the amount of any benefit under the plan payable in the form of an
annuity payable at normal retirement age is the rate and table
specified under the plan for this purpose as of the termination date,
except that if the interest rate is a variable rate, the rate used is
the average of the rates used under the plan during the 5-year period
ending on the termination date.
Section 411(b)(5)(C) provides that a plan is not treated as failing
to meet the requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H)(i) solely because the
plan provides offsets against benefits under the plan to the extent the
offsets are otherwise allowable in applying the requirements of section
401(a). Section 411(b)(5)(D) provides that a plan is not treated as
failing to meet the requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H) solely because
the plan provides a disparity in contributions or benefits with respect
to which the requirements of section 401(l) (relating to permitted
disparity for Social Security benefits and related matters) are met.
Section 411(b)(5)(E) provides that a plan is not treated as failing
to meet the requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H) solely because the
plan provides for indexing of accrued benefits under the plan. Under
section 411(b)(5)(E)(iii), indexing means the periodic adjustment of
the accrued benefit by means of the application of a recognized
investment index or methodology. Section 411(b)(5)(E)(ii) requires
that, except in the case of a variable annuity, the indexing not result
in a smaller benefit than the accrued benefit determined without regard
to the indexing.
Except to the extent permitted under section 411(d)(6) (or under
another statutory provision, including section 1107 of PPA '06),
section 411(d)(6) prohibits a plan amendment that decreases a
participant's accrued benefits or that has the effect of eliminating or
reducing an early retirement benefit or retirement-type subsidy, or
eliminating an optional form of benefit, with respect to benefits
attributable to service before the amendment. However, an amendment
that eliminates or decreases benefits that have not yet accrued does
not violate section 411(d)(6), provided that the amendment is adopted
and effective before the benefits accrue.
Section 701(a) of PPA '06 added provisions to the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, Public Law 93-406 (88 Stat. 829
(1974)), as amended (ERISA), that are parallel to sections 411(a)(13)
and 411(b)(5) of the Code. The guidance provided in these regulations
with respect to sections 411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5) of the Code also
apply for purposes of the parallel amendments to ERISA made by section
701(a) of PPA '06, and the guidance provided in these regulations with
respect to section 411(b)(1) of the Code
[[Page 56444]]
also apply for purposes of section 204(b)(1) of ERISA.\1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Under section 101 of Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1978 (43
FR 47713), the Secretary of the Treasury has interpretive
jurisdiction over the subject matter addressed by these regulations
for purposes of ERISA, as well as the Code.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 701(c) of PPA '06 added provisions to the Age
Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, Public Law 90-202 (81 Stat.
602 (1967)), that are parallel to section 411(b)(5) of the Code.
Executive Order 12067 requires all Federal departments and agencies to
advise and offer to consult with the Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission (EEOC) during the development of any proposed rules,
regulations, policies, procedures, or orders concerning equal
employment opportunity. The Treasury Department and the IRS have
consulted with the EEOC prior to the issuance of these regulations.
Section 701(d) of PPA '06 provides that nothing in the amendments
made by section 701 should be construed to create an inference
concerning the treatment of applicable defined benefit plans or
conversions of plans into applicable defined benefit plans under
section 411(b)(1)(H), or concerning the determination of whether an
applicable defined benefit plan fails to meet the requirements of
section 411(a)(2), 411(c) or 417(e), as in effect before such
amendments, solely because the present value of the accrued benefit (or
any portion thereof) of any participant is, under the terms of the
plan, equal to the amount expressed as the balance of a hypothetical
account or as an accumulated percentage of the participant's final
average compensation.
Section 701(e) of PPA '06 sets forth the effective date provisions
with respect to amendments made by section 701 of PPA '06. Section
701(e)(1) specifies that the amendments made by section 701 generally
apply to periods beginning on or after June 29, 2005. Thus, the age
discrimination safe harbors under section 411(b)(5)(A) and section
411(b)(5)(E) are effective for periods beginning on or after June 29,
2005. Section 701(e)(2) provides that the special present value rules
of section 411(a)(13)(A) are effective for distributions made after
August 17, 2006 (the date PPA '06 was enacted).
Under section 701(e) of PPA `06, the 3-year vesting rule under
section 411(a)(13)(B) is generally effective for years beginning after
December 31, 2007, for a plan in existence on June 29, 2005, while,
pursuant to the amendments made by section 107(c) of WRERA '08, the
rule is generally effective for plan years ending on or after June 29,
2005, for a plan not in existence on June 29, 2005. The market rate of
return limitation under section 411(b)(5)(B)(i) is generally effective
for years beginning after December 31, 2007, for a plan in existence on
June 29, 2005, while the limitation is generally effective for periods
beginning on or after June 29, 2005, for a plan not in existence on
June 29, 2005. Section 701(e)(4) of PPA '06 contains special effective
date provisions for collectively bargained plans that modify these
effective dates.
Under section 701(e)(5) of PPA '06, as amended by WRERA '08,
sections 411(b)(5)(B)(ii), (iii) and (iv) apply to a conversion
amendment that is adopted on or after, and takes effect on or after,
June 29, 2005.
Under section 701(e)(6) of PPA '06, as added by WRERA '08, the 3-
year vesting rule under section 411(a)(13)(B) does not apply to a
participant who does not have an hour of service after the date the 3-
year vesting rule would otherwise be effective.
Section 702 of PPA '06 provides for regulations to be prescribed by
August 16, 2007, addressing the application of rules set forth in
section 701 of PPA '06 in the case of a conversion of a defined benefit
pension plan to an applicable defined benefit plan that is made with
respect to a group of employees who become employees by reason of a
merger, acquisition, or similar transaction.
Section 1.411(a)-7(a)(1) of the Income Tax Regulations provides
that, for purposes of section 411 and the regulations under section
411, the accrued benefit of a participant under a defined benefit plan
is either (A) the accrued benefit determined under the plan if the plan
provides for an accrued benefit in the form of an annual benefit
commencing at normal retirement age, or (B) an annual benefit
commencing at normal retirement age which is the actuarial equivalent
(determined under section 411(c)(3) and Sec. 1.411(c)-1)) of the
accrued benefit under the plan if the plan does not provide for an
accrued benefit in the form of an annual benefit commencing at normal
retirement age.
Section 1.411(b)-1(a)(1) provides that a defined benefit plan is
not a qualified plan unless the method provided by the plan for
determining accrued benefits satisfies at least one of the alternative
methods in Sec. 1.411(b)-1(b) for determining accrued benefits with
respect to all active participants under the plan. Section 1.411(b)-
1(b)(2)(i) provides that a defined benefit plan satisfies the 133\1/3\
percent rule of section 411(b)(1)(B) for a particular plan year if (A)
under the plan the accrued benefit payable at the normal retirement age
(determined under the plan) is equal to the normal retirement benefit
(determined under the plan), and (B) the annual rate at which any
individual who is or could be a participant can accrue the retirement
benefits payable at normal retirement age under the plan for any later
plan year cannot be more than 133\1/3\ percent of the annual rate at
which the participant can accrue benefits for any plan year beginning
on or after such particular plan year and before such later plan year.
Section 1.411(b)-1(b)(2)(ii)(A) through (D) sets forth a series of
rules that correspond to the rules of section 411(b)(1)(B)(i) through
(iv). Section 1.411(b)-1(b)(2)(ii)(D) provides that, for purposes of
the 133\1/3\ percent rule, for any plan year, social security benefits
and all relevant factors used to compute benefits, for example, the
consumer price index, are treated as remaining constant as of the
beginning of the current plan year for all subsequent plan years.
Final regulations (TD 9505) under sections 411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5)
(2010 final regulations) were published by the Treasury Department and
the IRS in the Federal Register on October 19, 2010 (75 FR 64123).
Proposed regulations (REG-132554-08) under sections 411(a)(13),
411(b)(1), and 411(b)(5) (2010 proposed regulations) were also
published by the Treasury Department and the IRS in the Federal
Register on October 19, 2010 (75 FR 64197). The 2010 proposed
regulations address certain issues under sections 411(a)(13) and
411(b)(5) that were not addressed in the 2010 final regulations. The
2010 proposed regulations also address one issue under the 133\1/3\
percent rule of section 411(b)(1)(B) for defined benefit plans that
adjust benefits using a variable rate that could be negative. The
Treasury Department and the IRS received written comments on the 2010
proposed regulations, and a public hearing was held on January 26,
2011.
Notice 2011-85 (2011-44 IRB 605 (October 31, 2011)), (see Sec.
601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter), announced delayed effective/
applicability dates with respect to certain provisions in the hybrid
plan regulations. In particular, Notice 2011-85 provided that the
provisions to be adopted under the regulations that finalize the 2010
proposed regulations would apply for plan years that begin on or after
the date specified in those regulations, which would not be earlier
than January 1, 2013. Notice 2011-85 also provided that the Treasury
[[Page 56445]]
Department and the IRS intended to amend the hybrid plan regulations to
postpone the effective/applicability date of Sec. 1.411(b)(5)-
1(d)(1)(iii), (d)(1)(vi) and (d)(6)(i) (the provisions that provide
that the regulations set forth the list of the interest crediting rates
and combinations of rates that satisfy the requirements of section
411(b)(5)(B)(i)) to match the effective/applicability date of the new
provisions in the regulations. Notice 2011-85 further provided that,
when the 2010 proposed regulations are finalized, it was expected that
relief from the requirements of section 411(d)(6) would be granted for
a plan amendment that eliminates or reduces a section 411(d)(6)
protected benefit, provided that the amendment is adopted by the last
day of the first plan year preceding the plan year for which the 2010
proposed regulations, once finalized, apply to the plan, and the
elimination or reduction is made only to the extent necessary to enable
the plan to meet the requirements of section 411(b)(5). In addition,
Notice 2011-85 extended the deadline for amending cash balance and
other applicable defined benefit plans, within the meaning of section
411(a)(13)(C), to meet the requirements of section 411(a)(13) (other
than section 411(a)(13)(A)) and section 411(b)(5), relating to vesting
and other special rules applicable to these plans. Under Notice 2011-
85, the deadline for these amendments was the last day of the first
plan year preceding the plan year for which the 2010 proposed
regulations, once finalized, apply to the plan.
Notice 2012-61 (2012-42 IRB 479 (October 15, 2012)), (see Sec.
601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter), announced that the regulations
described in Notice 2011-85 would not be effective for plan years
beginning before January 1, 2014.
After consideration of the comments received, the provisions in the
2010 proposed regulations are adopted by this Treasury decision,
subject to a number of changes that are summarized in this preamble. In
addition, the Treasury Department and the IRS are issuing proposed
regulations that would permit a plan with a noncompliant interest
crediting rate to be amended so that its interest crediting rate
complies with the market rate of return rules without violating the
section 411(d)(6) prohibition on a plan amendment reducing a
participant's accrued benefit. These proposed regulations are being
issued at the same time as these final regulations.
Explanation of Provisions
Overview
In general, these regulations provide guidance with respect to
certain issues under sections 411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5) that are not
addressed in the 2010 final regulations and make certain other changes
to the final regulations under sections 411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5). In
addition, these regulations provide guidance with respect to one issue
under the 133\1/3\ percent rule of section 411(b)(1)(B) for defined
benefit plans that adjust benefits using a variable rate that could be
negative.
I. Section 411(a)(13): Scope of Relief of Section 411(a)(13)(A)
A. Formulas To Which Relief Applies
Pursuant to the relief of section 411(a)(13)(A), the 2010 final
regulations provide that certain rules otherwise applicable to benefits
under a defined benefit plan are not violated solely because certain
benefits determined under a lump sum-based benefit formula are based on
the current lump sum amount under that formula. The 2010 final
regulations define a lump sum-based benefit formula as a benefit
formula used to determine all or any part of a participant's
accumulated benefit under which the accumulated benefit provided under
the formula is expressed as the current balance of a hypothetical
account maintained for the participant (``cash balance'' formula) or as
the current value of an accumulated percentage of the participant's
final average compensation (``pension equity plan'' or ``PEP''
formula).
For plan years that begin on or after January 1, 2016 (or an
earlier date as elected by the taxpayer), these regulations expand the
definition of PEP formula to include a benefit formula that is
expressed as a current single-sum dollar amount equal to a percentage
of the participant's highest average compensation (with a permitted
lookback period for determining highest average compensation, such as
highest 5 out of the last 10 years).
In addition, for plan years that begin on or after January 1, 2016,
these regulations provide that a benefit formula does not constitute a
lump sum-based benefit formula unless a distribution of the benefits
under that formula in the form of a single-sum payment equals the
accumulated benefit under that formula (except to the extent the
single-sum payment is greater to satisfy the requirements of section
411(d)(6)).
B. Protections With Respect to Current Account Balance or Current Value
The relief of section 411(a)(13)(A) generally permits a plan to
treat the accumulated benefit under a cash balance formula (``cash
balance account'') or the accumulated benefit under a PEP formula
(``PEP accumulation'') as the present value of the portion of the
accrued benefit determined under the cash balance or PEP formula. The
2010 proposed regulations contained three requirements that applied to
the cash balance account or PEP accumulation. These requirements were
structured as conditions on the availability of the relief of section
411(a)(13)(A). A number of commenters objected to treating these
requirements as conditions for this relief. In response to those
comments, the structure of the regulations under section 411(a)(13)(A)
has been revised to clarify that two of the requirements are only
intended to provide the same types of protections to the accumulated
benefit under a cash balance formula and under a PEP formula as are
afforded to the accrued benefit.
For example, these final regulations provide that the relief of
section 411(a)(13) does not override the requirement for a plan that,
with respect to a participant with an annuity starting date after
normal retirement age, the plan either provide an actuarial increase
after normal retirement age or satisfy the requirements for suspension
of benefits under section 411(a)(3)(B). Accordingly, with respect to
such a participant, a plan with a cash balance or PEP formula violates
the requirements of section 411(a) if the cash balance account or PEP
accumulation is not increased sufficiently to satisfy the requirements
of section 411(a)(2) for distributions commencing after normal
retirement age, unless the plan suspends benefits in accordance with
section 411(a)(3)(B).
Like the 2010 proposed regulations, these final regulations provide
that the cash balance account or PEP accumulation can only be reduced
for certain limited reasons, which generally correspond to the limited
reasons for which the accrued benefit can be reduced. Several
commenters on the 2010 proposed regulations suggested that it was
unclear whether the restrictions on reductions as applied to PEP
formulas were intended to cover only reductions that reduced the
accumulated percentage that applies to the participant's final average
compensation or whether the restrictions were also intended to disallow
reductions that were a result of decreases in the participant's final
[[Page 56446]]
average compensation. In response to those comments, the regulations
clarify that a reduction in the PEP accumulation is permitted to the
extent that it results from a decrease in the participant's final
average compensation or from an increase in the integration level (in
the case of a formula that is integrated with Social Security). The
regulations also contain a provision allowing the Commissioner to add
to the list of permitted reductions through guidance of general
applicability.
Under the 2010 proposed regulations, a cash balance formula or PEP
formula would have had to provide that the portion of the participant's
accrued benefit that is determined under that formula must be
actuarially equivalent (using reasonable actuarial assumptions) to the
cash balance account or PEP accumulation upon attainment of normal
retirement age in order to apply the relief of section 411(a)(13)(A).
Under these final regulations, a cash balance formula or PEP formula is
treated as a lump sum-based benefit formula to which the relief of
section 411(a)(13)(A) applies if the portion of the participant's
accrued benefit that is determined under that formula is actuarially
equivalent (using reasonable actuarial assumptions) to the cash balance
account or PEP accumulation either upon attainment of normal retirement
age or at the annuity starting date for a distribution with respect to
that portion.
If a formula is not a lump sum-based benefit formula, the plan must
satisfy the rules that otherwise apply for purposes of determining
benefits under a defined benefit plan, such as applying the minimum
present value requirements of section 417(e) to the portion of the
accrued benefit determined under that formula in order to determine the
amount of a single-sum distribution option.
C. Subsidies and Benefits That are Less Than the Actuarial Equivalent
of the Cash Balance Account or PEP Accumulation
The 2010 proposed regulations provided that the relief of section
411(a)(13)(A) applies to an optional form of benefit that is determined
as of the annuity starting date as the actuarial equivalent, using
reasonable actuarial assumptions, of the cash balance account or PEP
accumulation. In response to comments that subsidized benefits should
be permissible, the rules in the regulations under section 411(a)(13)
have been revised to clarify that the relief of section 411(a)(13)(A)
also applies to a subsidized optional form of benefit under a lump sum-
based benefit formula, including an early retirement subsidy or a
subsidized survivor portion of a qualified joint and survivor annuity.
In particular, these final regulations provide that, with respect to
benefits under a lump sum-based benefit formula, if an optional form of
benefit is payable in an amount that is greater than the actuarial
equivalent, determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions, of the
cash balance account or PEP accumulation, then the plan satisfies the
requirements of section 411(a)(2), 411(a)(11), 411(c) and 417(e) with
respect to the amount of that optional form of benefit.\2\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ As set forth later in this preamble, the regulations under
section 411(b)(5) provide rules under the age discrimination safe
harbor that limit the amount of the subsidized early retirement
benefit so that it does not exceed the benefit available to a
similarly situated, older participant with the same cash balance
account or PEP accumulation who is currently at normal retirement
age.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
By contrast, section 411(a)(13)(A) does not provide relief with
respect to an optional form of benefit that is less than the actuarial
equivalent of the cash balance account or PEP accumulation. Thus, the
final regulations provide that if an optional form of benefit is not at
least the actuarial equivalent, using reasonable actuarial assumptions,
of the cash balance account or PEP accumulation, then the relief under
section 411(a)(13)(A) does not apply in determining whether the
optional form of benefit is the actuarial equivalent of the portion of
the accrued benefit determined under the cash balance or PEP formula.
As a result, payment of that optional form of benefit must satisfy the
rules applicable to payment of the accrued benefit generally under a
defined benefit plan (without regard to the special rules of section
411(a)(13)(A) and the regulations), including the requirements of
section 411(a)(2) and, for optional forms subject to the minimum
present value requirements of section 417(e)(3), those minimum present
value requirements.
D. Clarifications Relating to Statutory Hybrid Formulas With an Effect
Similar to a Lump Sum-Based Benefit Formula
Under the 2010 final regulations, a formula that is not a lump sum-
based benefit formula that has an effect similar to a lump sum-based
benefit formula is nevertheless a statutory hybrid benefit formula. As
a result, such a formula is subject to the 3-year vesting rule of
section 411(a)(13)(B) and the rules of section 411(b)(5), including the
market rate of return and conversion protection requirements. However,
because it is not a lump sum-based benefit formula, such a formula is
not eligible for the relief of section 411(a)(13)(A). In general, a
defined benefit formula that is not a lump sum-based benefit formula
has an effect similar to a lump sum-based benefit formula if the
formula provides that a participant's accumulated benefit is expressed
as a benefit that includes the right to adjustments for a future period
and the total dollar amount of those adjustments is reasonably expected
to be smaller for the participant than for a similarly situated,
younger individual who is or could be a participant in the plan.
These regulations clarify certain of the rules with respect to the
determination as to whether a formula constitutes a formula with an
effect similar to a lump sum-based benefit formula. In particular,
these regulations clarify that the right to adjustments for a future
period is broadly defined to mean the right to any change in the dollar
amount of benefits over time, regardless of whether those adjustments
are denominated as interest credits. Thus, for example, an increase in
the dollar amount of benefits over time (such as an actuarial increase
or the unwinding of an actuarial reduction for early retirement) is
treated as an adjustment.
However, this broad definition does not cause a defined benefit
formula to be treated as having an effect similar to a lump sum-based
benefit formula with respect to a participant merely because the
formula provides for a reduction in the benefit payable at early
retirement due to early commencement (with the result that the benefit
payable at normal retirement age is greater than the benefit payable at
early retirement), provided that the benefit payable at normal
retirement age to the participant cannot be less than the benefit
payable at normal retirement age to any similarly situated, younger
individual who is or could be a participant in the plan. This exception
has the effect of excluding traditional defined benefit formulas (and
other formulas that provide for mere actuarial reduction for early
commencement) from treatment as a formula with an effect similar to a
lump sum-based benefit formula, notwithstanding the treatment of
actuarial increases in benefits over time as adjustments.
Under the 2010 final regulations, a variable annuity benefit
formula was defined as any benefit formula under a defined benefit plan
which provides that the amount payable is periodically adjusted by
reference to the difference between the rate of return on plan assets
(or specified market indices) and a specified assumed interest rate. In
addition, the 2010 final regulations contained a special rule that
provided
[[Page 56447]]
an exception from treatment as a formula with an effect similar to a
lump sum-based benefit formula for a variable annuity benefit formula
with an assumed interest rate of 5 percent or higher.
In order to clarify this exception, both the definition and the
exception have been revised under these regulations. In particular, the
definition of variable annuity benefit formula has been broadened.
Thus, these regulations provide that a variable annuity benefit formula
means any benefit formula under a defined benefit plan which provides
that the amount payable is periodically adjusted by reference to the
difference between a rate of return (not limited to the rate of return
on plan assets or specified market indices) and a specified assumed
interest rate. The exception has been revised so that it is available
in the case of any variable annuity benefit formula that adjusts the
amounts payable by reference to any rate of return that is permissible
as an interest crediting rate under the regulations, including the rate
of return on plan assets (or a subset of plan assets), as described in
section III.C.2 of this preamble, or the rate of return on an annuity
contract for an employee issued by an insurance company licensed under
the laws of a State. The rule in the regulations that provides that
this exception is only available if the specified assumed interest rate
is 5 percent or higher has been retained.
A variable annuity benefit formula that does not fall within the
exception must be tested to determine whether it has an effect similar
to a lump sum-based benefit formula. Such a formula is not a statutory
hybrid benefit formula if the specified assumed interest rate is high
enough in relation to the reasonable expectation of the rate of return
to which it is compared, such that the adjustments under the formula
are not reasonably expected to be positive. However, if the specified
assumed interest rate is too high in relation to the reasonable
expectation of the rate of return to which it is compared, a variable
annuity benefit formula risks violating section 411(b)(1)(G).
E. Formulas That Express the Accumulated Benefit as a Single-Sum Dollar
Amount at Normal Retirement Age
As discussed earlier in this preamble, the 2010 final regulations
define a lump sum-based benefit formula as a benefit formula used to
determine all or any part of a participant's accumulated benefit under
which the accumulated benefit provided under the formula is expressed
as the current balance of a hypothetical account maintained for the
participant or as the current value of an accumulated percentage of the
participant's final average compensation. Under this rule, a benefit
formula is a lump sum-based benefit formula if it expresses the
accumulated benefit as a current single-sum dollar amount, regardless
of whether interest credits are provided.
With respect to a plan that does not provide interest credits,
there may be a question as to whether the accumulated benefit is a
current single-sum dollar amount or is a single-sum dollar amount at
normal retirement age. Accordingly, the 2010 proposed regulations
included a comment request with respect to whether a defined benefit
plan that expresses the participant's accumulated benefit as a current
single-sum dollar amount and that does not provide for interest credits
should be excluded from the definition of a statutory hybrid plan.
Commenters suggested that a benefit formula that expresses the
participant's benefit as a current single-sum dollar amount (for
example, a PEP formula) should be treated as a statutory hybrid benefit
formula, regardless of whether interest credits are provided. Because
the statutory language with respect to a cash balance formula and a PEP
formula does not specify that interest credits must be provided, the
Treasury Department and the IRS agree with this recommendation. As a
result, the definition of lump sum-based benefit formula continues not
to require that interest credits be provided.
Commenters also recommended that plans that express the accumulated
benefit as a single-sum dollar amount at normal retirement age, rather
than as a current single-sum dollar amount, should not be treated as
statutory hybrid plans. The Treasury Department and the IRS generally
agree with this recommendation. Accordingly, the definition of lump
sum-based benefit formula continues to require that the benefit be
expressed as a current single-sum dollar amount. Thus, a benefit
formula that expresses the accumulated benefit as a single-sum dollar
amount at normal retirement age is not a statutory hybrid benefit
formula unless the formula includes the right to adjustments such that
the formula has an effect similar to a lump sum-based benefit formula
pursuant to Sec. 1.411(a)(13)-1(d)(4)(ii) (see section I.D of this
preamble).
The Treasury Department and the IRS believe that this treatment
under the regulations is consistent with the intent of Congress to
treat as statutory hybrid plans generally only those defined benefit
plans that either express the accumulated benefit as a current single-
sum dollar amount or that provide for adjustments such that the
participant's benefit at normal retirement age is less than that of a
similarly situated, younger individual who is or could be a
participant. This is because a defined benefit plan that expresses the
accumulated benefit as a single-sum dollar amount at normal retirement
age (and that does not provide a larger benefit to the participant than
to a similarly situated, older participant) is identical to a
traditional defined benefit plan for age discrimination purposes, and
differs in substance from a traditional defined benefit plan only
because the benefit at normal retirement age is expressed as a single-
sum dollar amount rather than as an annuity.
Under these rules, a defined benefit plan that expresses the
accumulated benefit as a single-sum dollar amount can be designed to
express that accumulated benefit as either a current single-sum dollar
amount or a single-sum dollar amount at normal retirement age. In the
former case, the formula would be a lump sum-based benefit formula, and
therefore would be eligible for the relief of section 411(a)(13)(A)
(and subject to the rules of sections 411(a)(13)(B) and 411(b)(5)(B)).
In the latter case, the formula would not be a lump sum-based benefit
formula, and therefore would not be eligible for the relief of section
411(a)(13)(A).
Because a formula that expresses the accumulated benefit as a
single-sum dollar amount at normal retirement age is not eligible for
the relief of section 411(a)(13)(A), the accrued benefit under such a
formula is often determined under the terms of the plan by applying
section 417(e) factors to the single-sum dollar amount. The rules of
sections 411(a)(13)(B) and 411(b)(5)(B) would generally not apply to
such a formula (unless it is treated under the regulations as having an
effect similar to a lump sum-based benefit formula). Instead, all of
the rules that apply to defined benefit formulas that are not statutory
hybrid benefit formulas would apply to such a formula. For example, if
a defined benefit plan is amended to change the benefit formula under
the plan to a formula that expresses the accumulated benefit as a
single-sum dollar amount at normal retirement age (and the formula does
not fall within the definition of a benefit formula with an effect
similar to a lump sum-based benefit formula), the amendment is not
subject to the rules that apply with respect to a conversion amendment
under section 411(b)(5)(B)(ii). Furthermore, the mere existence of an
[[Page 56448]]
early retirement subsidy that meets applicable rules would not affect
this determination.
II. Section 411(b)(1): Special Rules With Respect to Variable Interest
Crediting Rates
The 2010 proposed regulations contain a special rule regarding the
application of the 133\1/3\ percent rule of section 411(b)(1)(B) \3\ to
a statutory hybrid plan that adjusts benefits using a variable interest
crediting rate that can potentially be negative in any given year.
Under this rule, for plan years that begin on or after January 1, 2012,
a plan that determines any portion of the participant's accrued benefit
pursuant to a statutory hybrid benefit formula (as defined in Sec.
1.411(a)(13)-1(d)(4)) with a variable interest crediting rate that was
negative for the prior plan year would not be treated as failing to
satisfy the requirements of the 133\1/3\ percent rule for the current
plan year merely because the section 411(b)(1)(B) backloading
calculation is performed assuming that the variable rate is zero for
the current plan year and all future plan years.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ The 133 1/3 percent rule is the accrual rule most commonly
used by statutory hybrid plans to satisfy the accrual rules of
section 411(b)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
One commenter on the 2010 proposed regulations suggested that a
special rule under the 133\1/3\ percent rule of section 411(b)(1)(B)
should not be provided for variable interest crediting rates that can
potentially be negative. Other commenters suggested that the interest
crediting rate to be used for purposes of the 133\1/3\ percent rule in
the case of a variable interest crediting rate that can potentially be
negative should be assumed to be a reasonable rate of return (such as,
for example a long-term average of the rate of return), regardless of
the actual rate of return provided as of the current year. However,
this would be inconsistent with section 411(b)(1)(B)(iv), which
provides that for purposes of the 133\1/3\ percent rule all ``relevant
factors used to compute benefits shall be treated as remaining constant
as of the current year for all years after the current year.''
The special rule in the 2010 proposed regulations provides for the
use of an assumed interest crediting rate other than the interest
crediting rate used to compute benefits as of the current year only to
the extent necessary to permit a statutory hybrid plan to use an
interest crediting rate that can potentially be negative. Without such
a rule, a statutory hybrid plan that uses a variable interest crediting
rate would not satisfy the 133\1/3\ percent rule of section
411(b)(1)(B) if the variable interest crediting rate as of the current
year is negative, even if the plan does not provide for principal
credits (sometimes referred to as pay credits) that are an increasing
percentage of pay with increasing years or service. The preservation of
capital rule of section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(II) provides that interest
crediting rates under a statutory hybrid plan cannot result in the
benefit provided being less than the sum of principal credits. Thus,
Congress contemplated a statutory hybrid plan's use of a variable
interest crediting rate that can potentially be negative. Accordingly,
the special rule is finalized as proposed, except that the rule has
been modified to permit a taxpayer to elect to apply it at an earlier
date (so that the rule is applicable for plan years that begin on or
after January 1, 2012, or an earlier date as elected by the taxpayer).
III. Section 411(b)(5): Special Age Discrimination Rules, Including
Rules With Respect to the Market Rate of Return Limitation
A. Section 411(b)(5) Age Discrimination Safe Harbor
Pursuant to section 411(b)(5)(A), the 2010 final regulations
provide that a plan is not treated as failing to meet the age
discrimination requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H)(i) with respect to
an individual who is or could be a participant if, as of any date, the
accumulated benefit of the individual would not be less than the
accumulated benefit of any similarly situated, younger individual who
is or could be a participant. In general, this safe harbor is available
only if the accumulated benefits being compared are expressed under
only one type of formula (that is, cash balance formulas, PEP formulas,
or annuities payable at normal retirement age). These regulations
clarify that the age discrimination safe harbor for cash balance
formulas and PEP formulas under section 411(b)(5) applies only for
formulas that are lump sum-based benefit formulas.\4\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ Because the definition of lump sum-based benefit formula
requires the benefit to be expressed under the terms of the plan as
a cash balance formula or PEP formula, the existing language in
these safe harbors that the benefit be expressed under the terms of
the plan as a cash balance formula or PEP formula has been
eliminated as redundant.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under the 2010 final regulations, the safe harbor is available with
respect to a participant in the case of a plan that determines some or
all participants' benefits as the sum-of, greater-of, or choice-of two
or more types of formulas only if the participant's benefit under the
plan is not less valuable than the benefit of a similarly situated,
younger individual who is or could be a participant in the plan. In
order to clarify that certain limitations on benefits (such as those
that are required in order to comply with section 415) would not
necessarily preclude a plan from satisfying the age discrimination safe
harbor, these regulations extend the application of the safe harbor so
that the safe harbor is also available to a plan that expresses a
participant's accumulated benefit as the lesser of benefits under two
or more formulas. In addition, the regulations under section 411(a)(13)
have been revised to clarify that, in the case of lesser-of formulas,
the relief of section 411(a)(13)(A) applies only to benefits determined
under a cash balance or PEP formula, and to provide for a special rule
with respect to the application of the limitation on benefits under
section 415(b) to a lump sum-based benefit formula.
Section 411(b)(5)(A)(iii) provides for a disregard of the
subsidized portion of an early retirement benefit for purposes of the
section 411(b)(5) age discrimination safe harbor. This is similar to
the disregard of the subsidized portion of an early retirement benefit
that applies under section 411(b)(1)(H)(iv) for purposes of the general
age discrimination test of section 411(b)(1)(H). The 2010 final
regulations provided certain guidance as to what constitutes the
subsidized portion of an early retirement benefit for purposes of the
section 411(b)(5) age discrimination safe harbor. These final
regulations revise and clarify such guidance. In particular, in order
to facilitate phased retirement, these final regulations remove the
requirement that a subsidized portion of an early retirement benefit
must be contingent on a participant's severance from employment. In
addition, these final regulations provide that an early retirement
benefit includes a subsidized portion only if it provides a higher
actuarial present value on account of commencement before normal
retirement age. These final regulations also provide for a disregard of
the subsidized portion of an early retirement benefit for purposes of
the special age discrimination test under section 411(b)(5)(E) that
applies for indexed benefits.
However, these final regulations provide that, for plan years that
begin on or after January 1, 2016, if the annual benefit payable before
normal retirement age is greater for a participant than the annual
benefit under the corresponding form of benefit for any similarly
situated, older individual who
[[Page 56449]]
is or could be a participant and who is currently at or before normal
retirement age, then that excess is not part of the subsidized portion
of an early retirement benefit and, accordingly, is not disregarded for
age discrimination purposes. Thus, if more than a subsidized portion of
an early retirement benefit is provided to a participant, that
additional benefit is not disregarded for purposes of the section
411(b)(5) age discrimination safe harbor (and, as a result, the safe
harbor typically would not be satisfied). For purposes of determining
whether the annual benefit payable before normal retirement age is
greater for a participant than the annual benefit under the
corresponding form of benefit for any similarly situated, older
individual who is or could be a participant, social security leveling
options and social security supplements are disregarded. In addition, a
plan is not treated as providing a greater annual benefit to a
participant than to a similarly situated, older individual who is or
could be a participant merely because the reduction (based on actuarial
equivalence, using reasonable actuarial assumptions) in the amount of
an annuity to reflect a survivor benefit is smaller for the participant
than for a similarly situated, older individual who is or could be a
participant.
B. Conversion Amendments
The 2010 final regulations provide that a participant in a defined
benefit plan whose benefits are affected by an amendment that converts
the benefit formula under the plan from a formula that is not a
statutory hybrid benefit formula to a statutory hybrid benefit formula
(conversion amendment) generally must be provided with a benefit after
the conversion that, in accordance with the requirements of section
411(b)(5)(B)(ii), is at least equal to the sum of benefits accrued
through the date of conversion and benefits earned after the
conversion, with no permitted interaction between the two portions. The
2010 final regulations provide for an alternative method of satisfying
the conversion protection requirements that applies if an opening
hypothetical account balance or opening accumulated percentage of the
participant's final average compensation is established at the time of
the conversion and the plan provides for separate calculation of (1)
the benefit attributable to the opening hypothetical account balance
(including interest credits attributable thereto) or attributable to
the opening accumulated percentage of the participant's final average
compensation and (2) the benefit attributable to post-conversion
service under the post-conversion benefit formula. Under this
alternative, the plan must provide that, when a participant commences
benefits, the participant's benefit will be increased if the benefit
attributable to the opening hypothetical account or opening accumulated
percentage that is payable in the particular optional form of benefit
selected is less than the benefit accrued under the plan prior to the
date of conversion and that was payable in the same generalized
optional form of benefit (within the meaning of Sec. 1.411(d)-3(g)(8))
at the same annuity starting date.
Several commenters requested that the regulations illustrate the
application of the conversion rules for a plan that uses this
alternative method of satisfying the conversion protection
requirements, with respect to a participant who selects a single-sum
distribution option of the participant's entire benefit under the plan
after a conversion amendment. In order to respond to this request, a
new example has been added to the regulations to illustrate that the
participant must be provided with the benefit attributable to post-
conversion service, plus the greater of the benefit attributable to the
opening hypothetical account balance or the section 417(e) present
value at the annuity starting date of the participant's pre-conversion
benefit.
The 2010 proposed regulations included a proposed rule whereby
certain plans could satisfy the conversion protection requirements by
establishing an opening hypothetical account balance without a
subsequent comparison of benefits at the annuity starting date. The
proposed rule included a number of requirements intended to make it
reasonably likely that the hypothetical account balance used to
replicate the pre-conversion benefit (the opening hypothetical account
balance and interest credits on that account balance) would in most,
but not necessarily all, cases provide a benefit at least as large as
the pre-conversion benefit for all periods after the conversion
amendment.
Several commenters found the proposed rule overly burdensome, due
to the many restrictions and requirements. One commenter strongly
opposed any conversion alternative that could result in any participant
receiving less than the sum of the benefit under the pre-conversion
formula plus the benefit under the hybrid formula at the annuity
starting date. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that the
proposed rule was complex and that it is not feasible to create a
simple rule while also ensuring that participants cannot receive less
than is required under sections 411(b)(5)(B)(ii), 411(b)(5)(B)(iii) and
411(b)(5)(B)(iv). As a result, the final regulations only permit the
conversion alternative that was included in the 2010 final regulations,
where an opening hypothetical account balance or opening accumulated
percentage of the participant's final average compensation is
established and benefits are compared at the annuity starting date.
Consequently, if in reliance on the 2010 proposed regulations, a plan
sponsor used the proposed rule to satisfy the conversion protection
requirements for plan years that begin on or after January 1, 2012,
then the plan must be amended so that distributions with an annuity
starting date in a plan year that begins on or after January 1, 2016
satisfy the rules in the final regulations with respect to conversion
amendments.
C. Market Rate of Return
General Rules With Respect to Crediting Interest
Pursuant to section 411(b)(5)(B), the 2010 final regulations
provide that a statutory hybrid plan satisfies the requirements of
section 411(b)(1)(H) prohibiting age discrimination only if the plan
does not credit interest at a rate that is greater than a market rate
of return. Section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(III) gives the Secretary the
authority to provide by regulation for rules governing the calculation
of a market rate of return and for permissible methods of crediting
interest resulting in effective rates of return that are not greater
than a market rate of return.
The 2010 final regulations set forth certain requirements that
apply to a statutory hybrid plan that provides for interest credits.
Under these requirements, such a plan must credit interest at least
annually, and the plan terms must specify how interest credits are
determined, including the timing of the crediting of interest credits.
In addition, the 2010 final regulations contain a list of rates that
satisfy the requirement that the plan not credit interest at an
effective rate that is greater than a market rate of return, while not
permitting other rates.
In evaluating whether a particular rate (or combination of rates)
provides an effective rate of return that is not greater than a market
rate of return for purposes of inclusion on the list of permitted rates
under the 2010 final and proposed regulations, the Treasury Department
and the IRS considered all fixed and variable components (taking into
account any minimum rate of return and
[[Page 56450]]
the cumulative zero floor provided by the statutory preservation of
capital rule). This approach was taken because of the age
discrimination concerns with statutory hybrid plans that credit
interest such that the effective rate of return is greater than a
market rate of return (as occurs when, for example, the combination of
a variable rate of return and a fixed minimum rate provides an
effective rate of return that is greater than a market rate of return).
In such a case, a younger participant is able to benefit from the
above-market rate for a longer period--and therefore receive a more
valuable benefit--than a similarly situated, older participant.
A number of commenters objected to the provision under the 2010
final regulations under which a plan that credits interest using an
interest crediting rate not on the list of rates in the regulations
does not satisfy the requirement that the interest crediting rate not
be greater than a market rate of return. These commenters asked that
the regulations provide a list of safe harbor interest crediting rates
deemed to be not greater than a market rate of return for purposes of
the requirements of section 411(b)(5)(B) and also permit the use of
other interest crediting rates that do not exceed a market rate of
return. However, this approach would require the IRS to evaluate the
characteristics of an unrestricted set of interest crediting rates to
determine whether the particular interest crediting rate under each
plan exceeds a market rate of return. For example, a particular
investment-based interest crediting rate available in the market might
be so volatile that the combination of the rate and the statutory
cumulative zero floor provides an effective rate of return that is
greater than a market rate of return. As another example, an interest
crediting rate based on an index determined with reference to current
yields on bonds that are lower in quality than the bonds used to
determine the third segment rate might provide a rate of return that is
greater than a market rate of return because that rate of return is not
adjusted downward to reflect the occurrence of defaults in those lower
quality bonds. It is theoretically possible to adjust an otherwise
above-market rate downward (for example, through the use of a maximum
or the application of a percentage or basis points reduction applied to
the variable rate of return) so that the resulting adjusted rate does
not exceed a market rate of return. However, it would not be
administratively feasible for the IRS to evaluate each combination of a
particular variable rate of return and a minimum rate, a maximum rate,
or some other type of adjustment, to determine whether the combination
provides an effective rate of return that exceeds a market rate of
return. Accordingly, pursuant to the authority provided under section
411(b)(5)(B)(i)(III), the regulations continue to specify which
interest crediting rates (including fixed rates, variable rates, and
combinations of rates) satisfy the market rate of return requirements
of section 411(b)(5)(B), while not permitting other rates.\5\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\5\ As set forth in the ``Effective/Applicability Date'' section
of this preamble, these provisions of the regulations apply for plan
years that begin on or after January 1, 2016.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Although these final regulations continue to specify which interest
crediting rates satisfy the market rate of return requirement, the list
of rates has been expanded to include certain additional rates not
permitted under the 2010 final and proposed regulations. In order to
allow for the list of permitted rates to be further expanded in the
future, these final regulations include a provision that permits the
Commissioner, in guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin,
to increase the specific interest crediting rates set forth in the
regulations (such as by increasing the maximum permitted margin that
can be added to one or more of the safe harbor rates, increasing the
maximum permitted fixed rate, or increasing a maximum permitted annual
floor). In addition, these final regulations include a provision that
permits the Commissioner, in guidance published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin, to provide for additional interest crediting rates that
satisfy the requirement that they not exceed a market rate of return
for purposes of section 411(b)(5)(B). Thus, for example, the
Commissioner could in the future, in guidance published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin, permit a plan to use an annual floor in conjunction
with an investment-based rate that is reduced so that the effective
rate of return does not exceed a market rate of return. Such an annual
floor would allow plans using plan assets or other investment-based
market rates that may be negative in some periods to assure positive
annual interest credits that could be used in determining benefits and
in projecting them for purposes of section 411(b)(1)(B).
2. Use of Adjusted Segment Rates as Interest Crediting Rates
The 2010 final regulations provide that each of the three segment
rates described in section 430(h)(2)(C)(i), (ii) and (iii) (which are
generally used for purposes of applying the minimum funding
requirements for single-employer defined benefit plans) is a
permissible interest crediting rate under a statutory hybrid plan.
Section 40211(a) of the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century
Act, Public Law 112-141 (126 Stat. 405 (2012)) (MAP-21), added section
430(h)(2)(C)(iv) to the Code, generally effective for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2012. Section 430(h)(2)(C)(iv)
provides that each of the three segment rates for a plan year is
adjusted as necessary to fall within a specified range that is
determined based on an average of the corresponding segment rates for
the 25-year period ending on September 30 of the calendar year
preceding the first day of that plan year. Section 2003 of the Highway
and Transportation Funding Act of 2014, Public Law 113-159 (128 Stat.
1839 (2014)) (HATFA), modified the ranges set forth in section
430(h)(2)(C)(iv).
These final regulations provide that a statutory hybrid plan is
permitted to credit interest using one of the unadjusted segment rates
(without regard to section 430(h)(2)(C)(iv)) or one of the adjusted
segment rates (as adjusted by application of section 430(h)(2)(C)(iv)),
as specified under the terms of the plan. If future interest credits
with respect to principal credits that have already accrued are
determined using either an adjusted or an unadjusted segment rate, then
any subsequent amendment to change to another interest crediting rate
with respect to those principal credits (including a change from the
adjusted rate to an unadjusted segment rate, or vice versa) must
satisfy the requirements of section 411(d)(6).
3. Rate of Return on Plan Assets or a Subset of Plan Assets
The 2010 final regulations include a market rate of return rule
that permits indexed benefits (such as those provided under a variable
annuity benefit formula) to be adjusted using the actual rate of return
on the aggregate assets of the plan, if plan assets are diversified so
as to minimize the volatility of returns. Similar to the 2010 proposed
regulations, these final regulations extend this rule to statutory
hybrid plans generally, so that a plan may credit interest under a cash
balance formula using an interest crediting rate equal to the actual
rate of return on the aggregate assets of the plan, if plan assets are
diversified to minimize the volatility of returns.
One commenter suggested that it should be permissible to adjust a
participant's benefit under a statutory
[[Page 56451]]
hybrid benefit formula based on the rate of return on a subset of plan
assets. There may be a number of reasons why a plan sponsor may find it
useful to design a plan so that a participant's benefit is adjusted
based on a subset of plan assets. For example, a plan sponsor may wish
to credit interest based on a rate of return that differs for different
groups of participants (such as using a more conservative, or less
volatile, subset of plan assets for long service employees). Similarly,
a plan sponsor may wish to credit interest based on a rate of return
that excludes certain subsets of plan assets (for example, excluding
assets associated with traditional defined benefit plan liabilities
after a conversion amendment or otherwise excluding a residual subset
of assets associated with liabilities for those participants whose
benefits are not adjusted under the statutory hybrid benefit formula).
In order to permit these plan designs, these final regulations
expand the list of permissible interest crediting rates by permitting a
variable annuity benefit formula to provide adjustments (and a cash
balance formula to credit interest) using the rate of return on a
subset of plan assets, if certain requirements are satisfied.
Specifically, these final regulations provide that an interest
crediting rate equal to the actual rate of return on the assets within
a specified subset of plan assets, including both positive and negative
returns, is not in excess of a market rate of return if: (1) The subset
of plan assets is diversified so as to minimize the volatility of
returns (this requirement is satisfied if the subset of plan assets is
diversified such that it would meet the diversification requirement
that must be met in order for aggregate plan assets to be used as an
interest crediting rate), (2) the aggregate fair market value of
qualifying employer securities and qualifying employer real property
(within the meaning of section 407 of ERISA) held in the subset of plan
assets does not exceed 10 percent of the fair market value of the
aggregate assets in the subset; \6\ and (3) the fair market value of
the assets within the subset of plan assets approximates the
liabilities for benefits that are adjusted by reference to the rate of
return on the assets within the subset, determined using reasonable
actuarial assumptions. Under this rule, there can be a residual subset
of plan assets for liabilities that are not adjusted by reference to a
subset (such as a subset consisting of a dedicated bond portfolio
designed to satisfy liabilities with respect to retirees). In addition,
if other applicable requirements are satisfied, this rule would permit
a plan to base adjustments on the rate of return on different subsets
for different groups of participants. The regulations include examples
that illustrate the use of the rate of return on a subset of plan
assets as a permitted interest crediting rate.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ The 10 percent limitation is similar to the limitation that
applies with respect to aggregate plan assets under section 407 of
ERISA.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Rate of Return on a RIC or Other Collective Investments
Like the 2010 proposed regulations, these final regulations also
permit a statutory hybrid plan to credit interest using the rate of
return on a regulated investment company (RIC) that meets certain
standards. Specifically, these final regulations provide that an
interest crediting rate is not in excess of a market rate of return if
it is equal to the rate of return on a RIC, as defined in section 851,
that is reasonably expected to be not significantly more volatile than
the broad United States equities market or a similarly broad
international equities market. For example, a RIC that has most of its
assets invested in securities of issuers (including other RICs)
concentrated in an industry sector or a country other than the United
States generally would not meet this requirement. Likewise, a RIC that
uses leverage, or that has significant investment in derivative
financial products, for the purpose of achieving returns that amplify
the returns of an unleveraged investment, generally would not meet this
requirement. Thus, a RIC that has most of its investments concentrated
in the semiconductor industry or that uses leverage in order to provide
a rate of return that is twice the rate of return on the Standard &
Poor's 500 index (S&P 500) would not meet this requirement. On the
other hand, a RIC that has investments that track the rate of return on
the S&P 500, a broad-based ``small-cap'' index (such as the Russell
2000 index), or a broad-based international equities index would meet
this requirement. The requirement that the RIC's investments not be
concentrated in an industry sector or a specific foreign country is
intended to limit the volatility of the returns, as well as the risk
inherent in non-diversified investments. Similarly, the requirement
that the RIC not provide leveraged returns is intended to limit the
volatility of the returns provided. Subject to these requirements, the
rule is intended to provide plan sponsors with greater flexibility in
choosing a permissible rate of return than would be provided if the
regulations were to list particular RICs or indices that satisfy the
market rate of return requirement.
Several commenters suggested that it should be permissible for a
statutory hybrid plan to credit interest using the rate of return on
any investment available in the plan sponsor's defined contribution
plan. Because the combination of a rate of return on an investment
available in the plan sponsor's defined contribution plan and the
statutory cumulative zero floor may provide an effective rate of return
that is greater than a market rate of return, these final regulations
do not provide that the rate of return on an investment is a
permissible interest crediting rate merely because the investment is
available in the plan sponsor's defined contribution plan. However, a
subset of plan assets of a statutory hybrid plan could be comprised of
investments that are options under the plan sponsor's defined
contribution plan (which could be owned through a collective investment
vehicle). In such a case, if the requirements set forth earlier are
satisfied with respect to that subset, the rate of return on that
subset would be a permissible interest crediting rate. In addition, if
an investment available in the plan sponsor's defined contribution plan
is a RIC that meets the requirements of the preceding paragraph, the
rate of return on that RIC would also be a permissible interest
crediting rate.
5. Permitted Fixed Rate
Section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(III) authorizes the Treasury Department to
issue regulations permitting a fixed rate of interest under the rules
relating to a market rate of return. However, reconciling a plan's
ability to provide a fixed interest crediting rate with the requirement
under section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(I) that an interest crediting rate ``for
any plan year shall be at a rate which is not greater than a market
rate of return'' [emphasis added] presents unique challenges because,
by definition, fixed rates do not adjust with the market. As a result,
the use of any fixed rate will result in an interest crediting rate
that is above a then-current market rate of interest during any period
in which the current market rate falls below the fixed rate.
In light of this fact, the Treasury Department and the IRS believe
that, in order to satisfy the market rate of return requirement, any
fixed interest crediting rate allowed under the rules must not be
expected to exceed future market rates of interest, except
infrequently, by small amounts, and for limited durations. Prior to the
publication of the 2010 proposed regulations, the Treasury
[[Page 56452]]
Department and the IRS modeled the difference between account balances
credited with interest credits determined using various fixed interest
rates and account balances credited with interest credits determined
using long-term investment grade corporate bond yields, based on a
stochastic distribution of those yields that reflects the historical
distribution of those yields. Based on that modeling, a maximum fixed
interest crediting rate of 5% per year was included in the proposed
regulations.
This analysis was undertaken again prior to the publication of
these regulations, using additional historical data. Based on the
additional historical data, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that a fixed interest crediting rate of up to 6 percent
satisfies these criteria and that any higher fixed rate would result in
an effective rate of return that is in excess of a market rate of
return. In addition to satisfying the market rate of return
requirements, a fixed 6 percent rate of interest is deemed to be not in
excess of the third segment rate described in section 417(e)(3)(D) or
430(h)(2)(C)(iii) (and, therefore, a plan that uses such a rate is
permitted to use the special rule described in section III.E of this
preamble to switch to the third segment rate without providing section
411(d)(6) protection).
6. Permitted Annual and Cumulative Floors
As part of the historical modeling of rates done prior to the
publication of the 2010 proposed regulations, the Treasury Department
and the IRS modeled the historical distribution of rates of interest on
long-term investment grade corporate bonds to determine the additional
value added by various fixed floors used in conjunction with these
rates. Based on this modeling, the 2010 proposed regulations would have
provided that a fixed floor up to 4 percent was permissible in
connection with any of the permissible bond-based interest crediting
rates. Several commenters requested that the fixed floor used in
conjunction with the bond-based rates be increased by at least 100
basis points. Prior to the publication of these regulations, the
Treasury Department and the IRS undertook the same analysis as was
undertaken prior to the publication of the 2010 proposed regulations,
using additional historical data. In addition, the Treasury Department
and the IRS modeled the historical distribution of the 30-year Treasury
rate with fixed floors of various values compared to the historical
distribution of rates of interest on long-term investment grade
corporate bonds. The rates permitted under Notice 96-8 (``Notice 96-8
rates''), including the government bond-based rates such as the 30-year
Treasury rate, are generally expected to be lower than the rate of
interest on long-term investment grade corporate bonds. As a result,
the annual floor used in conjunction with the Notice 96-8 rates can be
increased to some extent without adding so much additional value that
the effective rate of return is greater than a market rate of return.
Accordingly, the final regulations provide that it is permissible for a
plan to utilize an annual floor of up to 5 percent in conjunction with
any of the Notice 96-8 rates.\7\ Like the 2010 proposed regulations,
these regulations continue to provide that a plan can utilize an annual
floor of up to 4 percent in conjunction with the third segment rate
(the rate of interest on long-term investment grade corporate bonds),
or in conjunction with the first or second segment rates.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ These regulations conform the names of the government bond-
based rates that are permitted to be used pursuant to this rule to
the names of the rates set forth in Notice 96-8.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In contrast, because of the volatility of a rate of return that
reflects changes in the price level of underlying investments
(``investment-based rate''), adding an annual floor to an investment-
based rate often provides an effective rate of return on a cumulative
basis that far exceeds the rate of return provided by the investment-
based rate without such a floor. Also, commenters on both the 2007
proposed regulations and the 2010 proposed regulations generally did
not request that such an annual floor be permitted. Accordingly, the
final regulations do not allow the use of an annual floor in
conjunction with any of the permissible investment-based rates (i.e.,
the rate of return on plan assets, a subset of plan assets, or a RIC).
On the other hand, if, instead of applying a floor on each year's
rate of return, a cumulative floor is applied to an investment-based
rate, the effective rate of return is not necessarily substantially
greater than the rate of return provided without the floor.
Specifically, the Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that,
based on the modeling of long-term historical returns, a 3 percent
floor that applies cumulatively (in the aggregate from the date of each
principal credit until the annuity starting date, without a floor on
the rate of return provided in any interim period) could be combined
with a permissible investment-based rate (or any other permissible
rate), without increasing the effective rate of return to such an
extent that the effective rate of return would be in excess of a market
rate of return. As a result, like the 2010 proposed regulations, the
regulations provide that a plan that determines interest credits using
any particular interest crediting rate that satisfies the market rate
of return limitation does not provide an effective interest crediting
rate in excess of a market rate of return merely because the plan
provides that the participant's benefit, as of the participant's
annuity starting date, is equal to the greater of the benefit
determined using the interest crediting rate and the benefit determined
as if the plan had used a fixed annual interest crediting rate equal to
3 percent (or a lower rate) for all principal credits that are made
during the guarantee period. For this purpose, the guarantee period is
the prospective period that begins on the date the cumulative floor
begins to apply to the participant's benefit and that ends on the date
on which that cumulative floor ceases to apply to the participant's
benefit.
These regulations provide that the determination of the amount
payable pursuant to the guarantee provided by any cumulative floor with
respect to the participant's benefit is made only as of an annuity
starting date on which a distribution of the participant's entire
benefit as of that date under the plan's statutory hybrid benefit
formula commences. These final regulations provide special rules in the
case of a participant who has multiple annuity starting dates, in order
to ensure that prior annuity starting dates are taken into account in
determining the guarantee provided by a cumulative floor. These special
rules in the case of a participant who has multiple annuity starting
dates are largely substantively unchanged from rules in the 2010
proposed regulations, except that language has been clarified to
provide that the comparison involves a comparison of the accumulated
benefit to which the guarantee applies to the sum of principal credits
to which the guarantee applies (and to conform to similar changes made
to the rules with respect to the application of the preservation of
capital requirement to a participant who has multiple annuity starting
dates, as described later in section II.C.8 of this preamble, except
that the new special rule for participants with 5 or more 1-year breaks
in service applies only to the preservation of capital requirement).
[[Page 56453]]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Variable rate Maximum permitted floor
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notice 96-8 rate (for example, the yield on 30-year 5 percent annual.
Treasury Constant Maturities).
1st, 2nd, or 3rd segment rate.............................. 4 percent annual.
Investment-based rate (for example, the rate of return on 3 percent cumulative.
aggregate plan assets).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Permitted Margins on Government Bond-Based Rates
A number of commenters suggested that the permitted margins used in
conjunction with the permitted government bond-based interest crediting
rates be increased to make these rates more equivalent to the third
segment rate. As clarified in these regulations, the permitted
government bond-based rates and margins are the same as those that were
permitted under Notice 96-8. These rates and margins have largely been
maintained for the convenience of plan sponsors, so that a plan that
has been using a Notice 96-8 rate can continue to do so.
The Treasury Department and the IRS understand that very few plans
with government bond-based rates have margins in excess of those
provided under Notice 96-8. Moreover, there are several methods by
which a plan can credit interest based on a bond-based rate that is
expected to be greater than a Notice 96-8 rate. For example, a plan
that is using a Notice 96-8 rate can be amended to switch to the third
segment rate for purposes of determining all future interest credits
without the need to preserve the Notice 96-8 rate with respect to
benefits accrued before the applicable amendment date if, on the
effective date of the amendment, the third segment rate is not lower
than the Notice 96-8 rate that would have applied in the absence of the
amendment (and the other requirements of Sec. 1.411(b)(5)-1(e)(3)(ii),
which are described in section III.E of this preamble, are satisfied).
In addition, because a plan can provide for a rate of return that is
the lesser of a permitted rate and any other rate, a plan could adopt
an interest crediting rate with respect to future pay credits that is
the lesser of the third segment rate and a government bond-based rate
described in Notice 96-8 with a margin, even if that margin exceeds the
margin permitted under these final regulations.
8. Other Rules With Respect to Crediting Interest
Like the 2010 proposed regulations, these final regulations include
a rule that provides that a plan is not treated as failing to meet the
interest crediting requirements merely because the plan does not
provide for interest credits on amounts distributed prior to the end of
the interest crediting period. Thus, if a plan credits interest at
annual or more frequent period intervals, the plan is not required to
credit interest on amounts that were distributed between the dates on
which interest under the plan is credited to the account balance. Also,
the rule in the 2010 proposed regulations that allows plans to credit
interest taking into account increases or decreases to the
participant's accumulated benefit that occur during the period has been
finalized as proposed.
The 2010 final regulations provide that a statutory hybrid plan
does not provide an effective interest crediting rate that is in excess
of a market rate of return merely because the plan determines an
interest credit by applying different rates to different predetermined
portions of the accumulated benefit, provided each rate would be a
permissible rate if the rate applied to the entire accumulated benefit.
With respect to this provision, some commenters suggested that the
regulations should be explicit that a single rate that is a specified
blend of multiple rates that applies to the entire cash balance account
is permissible, as is applying different rates to different specified
subaccounts of the cash balance account. The Treasury Department and
the IRS believe that the current rule accommodates such a blended rate,
since the predetermined portion to which a rate applies can either be a
specified percentage of the cash balance account or a specified
subaccount. As a result, the rule with respect to blended rates remains
unchanged in the regulations.
These final regulations make some clarifying changes to the
preservation of capital requirement that was included in the 2010 final
regulations. In particular, these final regulations clarify that the
preservation of capital requirement involves a comparison of the
accumulated benefit to the sum of all principal credits and that the
requirement is applied only as of an annuity starting date with respect
to which a distribution of the participant's entire vested benefit
under the plan's statutory hybrid benefit formula as of that date
commences.
Like the 2010 proposed regulations, these final regulations provide
special rules in the case of a participant who has multiple annuity
starting dates, in order to ensure that prior annuity starting dates
are taken into account in determining the amount of the guarantee
provided under the preservation of capital requirement. Although the
preservation of capital requirement applies only as of an annuity
starting date with respect to which a distribution of the participant's
entire vested benefit under the plan's statutory hybrid benefit formula
as of that date commences, all prior annuity starting dates (including
annuity starting dates with respect to partial distributions) are taken
into account when applying the preservation of capital requirement as
of that annuity starting date.
The special rules with respect to the preservation of capital
requirement for a participant who has multiple annuity starting dates
remain largely unchanged from the rules in the 2010 proposed
regulations, except that these rules have been revised to reflect
corresponding changes in the regulations that explicitly permit certain
subsidies under statutory hybrid plans.
One commenter requested that the special rules with respect to the
preservation of capital requirement for a participant who has multiple
annuity starting dates not apply in the case of a participant who has
experienced a break in service. In response to this comment, a new rule
has been added to the regulations. Under this new rule of
administrative convenience, a plan is permitted to provide that, in the
case of a participant who receives a distribution of the entire vested
benefit under the plan and thereafter completes 5 consecutive 1-year
breaks in service, the preservation of capital requirement is applied
without regard to the prior period of service. Thus, in the case of
such a participant, the plan is permitted to provide that the
preservation of capital requirement is applied disregarding the
principal credits and distributions that occurred before the breaks in
service. Application of this rule could result in a participant
receiving a greater benefit (but never less) than would otherwise be
provided without such a rule.
Because section 411(a)(13)(A) does not override the requirement
that a defined benefit plan either provide an
[[Page 56454]]
actuarial increase after normal retirement age or satisfy the
requirements for suspension of benefits, a statutory hybrid plan that
does not suspend benefits in accordance with section 411(a)(3)(B) will
have to provide for adjustments in excess of the benefits determined
using the plan's interest crediting rate if the interest crediting rate
is insufficient to provide the required actuarial increases. However,
without a special rule, that greater benefit could cause the market
rate of return requirements to be violated. Thus, like the 2010
proposed regulations, these final regulations provide for a special
rule that allows for any required adjustments after normal retirement
age to be provided as interest credits without violating the market
rate of return requirements.
D. Plan Termination
Like the 2010 proposed regulations, the regulations provide special
rules that apply for purposes of determining interest crediting rates
and certain other plan factors under a statutory hybrid benefit formula
after the plan termination date of a statutory hybrid plan, including
guidance with respect to 5-year averaging of rates under section
411(b)(5)(B)(vi). The terms of a statutory hybrid plan must reflect
these rules.
The regulations provide guidance as to the interest crediting rate
used to determine benefits after the plan termination date. Several
commenters on the 2010 proposed regulations suggested that additional
guidance is needed as to the rules that apply with respect to the
annuity conversion interest rates and factors that apply after the plan
termination date, as well as the mortality table that is used after the
plan termination date. In response to these comments, these regulations
provide additional guidance as to annuity conversion rates, factors,
and mortality tables.
Similar to the 2010 proposed regulations, the regulations provide
that a plan satisfies the plan termination requirements only if the
interest crediting rate used to determine a participant's accumulated
benefit for interest crediting periods that end after the plan
termination date is equal to the average of the interest rates used
under the plan during the 5-year period ending on the plan termination
date. Pursuant to section 411(d)(5)(B)(vi), the actual interest
crediting rate (taking into account minimums, maximums, and other
adjustments) used under the plan for the interest crediting period
generally is used for purposes of determining the average of the
interest rates. However, section 411(b)(5)(B)(vi) does not provide a
rule for periods in which an investment-based rate of return, rather
than a variable interest rate, is used under the plan to determine
interest credits. In addition, the trailing 5-year average of an
investment-based rate of return may be unreasonably high or
unreasonably low and, unlike the trailing 5-year average of an interest
rate, will have little, if any, correlation to the actual future
investment-based rate of return. As a result, the Treasury Department
and the IRS do not believe it is appropriate for the trailing 5-year
average of an investment-based rate of return to be used to determine
benefits after plan termination.
The 2010 proposed regulations would have substituted the third
segment rate generally for interest crediting rates that are not based
on interest rates. A number of commenters suggested that the
substitution of the third segment rate would make plan termination
unduly costly for plans that used investment-based interest crediting
rates. While the future return of an investment that includes an equity
component may be expected to be higher than the third segment rate, the
Treasury Department and the IRS note that the third segment rate is
normally higher than the rate used under defined benefit plans for
other purposes, including funding, and agree that the third segment
rate is inappropriately high for purposes of substituting a fixed rate
of return for periods after the plan's termination date. Consistent
with the statutory language of section 411(b)(5)(B)(vi)(I), the
Treasury Department and the IRS continue to believe it is appropriate
to substitute a rate of interest used under the plan for those periods
in which an investment-based rate of return was used to determine
interest credits. However, in lieu of the third segment rate, the final
regulations provide that the second segment rate under section
430(h)(2)(C)(ii) (determined without regard to section
430(h)(2)(C)(iv)) for the last calendar month ending before the
beginning of the interest crediting period, generally must be
substituted for an investment-based rate of return that applied for
that interest crediting period. For many plans, the second segment rate
is close to the effective interest rate that is used for funding
purposes, and thus the substitute interest rate frequently will
approximate the plan's funding discount rate (without being affected by
the specific plan demographics).
The regulations contain certain rules of application with respect
to these plan termination rules, including rules with respect to
section 411(d)(6) protected benefits. The regulations also include
examples to illustrate the application of these plan termination rules.
In response to a commenter's request, the regulations include an
example illustrating the application of these plan termination rules in
the case where the plan uses the section 417(e) segment rates for
annuity conversion.
E. Rules Relating to Section 411(d)(6) and Interest Crediting Rates
The 2010 final regulations provided that the right to interest
credits in the future that are not conditioned on future service
constitutes a section 411(d)(6) protected benefit. One commenter
expressed concern that this rule was overbroad. In response to this
comment, these final regulations clarify that the right to future
interest credits determined in the manner specified under the plan and
not conditioned on future service is a factor that is used to determine
the participant's accrued benefit for purposes of section 411(d)(6).
Thus, if a plan is amended so that it could potentially provide smaller
future interest credits on the then-current accumulated benefit than
would have been provided prior to the amendment, the plan must
otherwise provide for increased benefits such that the potentially
smaller interest credits cannot result in a smaller accrued benefit (or
a smaller payment under any optional form of benefit) as of any future
date than the accrued benefit (or payment under the optional form of
benefit) as of the applicable amendment date. See section I.B of this
preamble for a discussion of the additional rule under the regulations
pursuant to which the relief of section 411(a)(13) does not permit the
accumulated benefit under a lump sum-based benefit formula to be
reduced in a manner that would be prohibited if that reduction were
applied to the accrued benefit.
The 2010 final regulations contain a rule under which a plan is not
treated as providing for smaller interest credits in the future in
violation of section 411(d)(6) merely because of an amendment that
changes the plan's interest crediting rate from one of the Notice 96-8
rates (or the first or second segment rates) to the third segment rate,
if three requirements are satisfied. Specifically, the rule is only
available if the change applies to interest credits to be credited
after the effective date of the amendment, the effective date of the
amendment is at least 30 days after adoption and, on the effective date
of the amendment, the new interest
[[Page 56455]]
crediting rate is not lower than the interest crediting rate that would
have applied in the absence of the amendment. The 2010 final
regulations do not specify how a plan with a fixed annual floor used in
connection with the pre-amendment rate should account for the floor
when changing to the third segment rate. These final regulations add a
fourth requirement to this rule, which provides that, for plan years
that begin on or after January 1, 2016, any fixed annual floor that was
used in connection with the pre-amendment rate must be retained after
the amendment to the maximum extent permissible under the market rate
of return requirement in the final regulations. Thus, for example, if
prior to the amendment a plan was using a fixed annual floor of 4.5
percent in connection with the yield on 30-year Treasury Constant
Maturities, then, if the plan is amended to change the rate to the
third segment rate it must provide a fixed annual floor of 4 percent.
Because section 411(d)(6) requires that a plan amendment not result
in a reduction to the accrued benefit, changes in interest crediting
rates would be difficult to implement without special market rate of
return rules. Thus, like the 2010 proposed regulations, the regulations
contain a special market rate of return rule that applies in the case
of an amendment to change the plan's interest crediting rate. This rule
provides that the market rate of return rule is not violated merely
because the plan provides that the benefit of active participants after
the interest crediting rate change can never be less than the benefit
under the old rate (without future principal credits), subject to an
anti-abuse rule. This rule does not extend to participants who are not
active participants as of the date of amendment because such an
extension would cause those participants effectively to receive a rate
of return on their entire account balance that is the greater of the
old and the new rate, which would be an impermissible above-market
interest crediting rate under the regulations (unless the resulting
greater-of rate is otherwise permitted under the regulations). These
final regulations also contain a special rule that provides both
section 411(d)(6) relief and relief under the market rate of return
rules for changing the lookback month or stability period used to
determine interest credits (for a plan using a bond-based interest
crediting rate), subject to an anti-abuse rule.
A comment request that was included in the preamble to the 2010
proposed regulations asked how section 411(d)(6) applies in the case of
a plan that credits interest using an interest crediting rate equal to
the rate of return on a RIC if the RIC ceases to exist. Commenters
generally suggested that section 411(d)(6) should be treated as
satisfied in such a case if the plan sponsor replaces the RIC that
ceases to exist with a RIC with similar characteristics (such as risk
and expected return). The Treasury Department and the IRS generally
agree with these comments. As a result, these final regulations provide
for a special rule that applies in the case of a statutory hybrid plan
that credits interest using an interest crediting rate equal to the
rate of return on a RIC that ceases to exist, whether as a result of a
name change, liquidation, or otherwise. In such a case, the plan is not
treated as violating section 411(d)(6) provided that the rate of return
on the successor RIC is substituted for the rate of return on the RIC
that no longer exists, for purposes of crediting interest for periods
after the date the RIC ceased to exist. In the case of a name change or
merger of RICs, the successor RIC means the RIC that results from the
name change or merger involving the RIC that no longer exists. In all
other cases, the successor RIC is a RIC selected by the plan sponsor
that has reasonably similar characteristics, including characteristics
related to risk and rate of return, as the RIC that no longer exists.
Prior to the first day of the first plan year that begins on or
after January 1, 2016, a statutory hybrid plan that uses an interest
crediting rate that is not permitted under the final regulations must
be amended to change to an interest crediting rate that is on the list
of permitted interest crediting rates under the regulations. This is
because, after that date, the final regulations set forth the list of
interest crediting rates that satisfy the requirement of section
411(b)(5)(B)(i) that the plan not provide an effective rate of return
that is greater than a market rate of return. However, an amendment
that reduces the interest crediting rate with respect to benefits that
have already accrued would ordinarily be impermissible under section
411(d)(6). A comment request that was included in the preamble to the
2010 proposed regulations solicited comments with respect to guidance
needed to resolve this conflict between the market rate of return rules
of section 411(b)(1)(B)(i) and the anti-cutback rules of section
411(d)(6) in order to permit a plan to change its interest crediting
rate to comply with the final regulations. After consideration of the
comments received, proposed regulations that would permit a plan with a
noncompliant interest crediting rate to be amended so that its interest
crediting rate complies with the market rate of return rules are being
issued concurrently with these final regulations.
F. Requests To Introduce ``Self-Directed Investment'' Into Statutory
Hybrid Plans
In response to stakeholder suggestions, the preamble of the 2010
proposed regulations requested comments as to whether a statutory
hybrid plan should be able to offer participants the opportunity to
choose from a menu of hypothetical investment options. If such an
approach were adopted, it could introduce into defined benefit pension
plans that constitute statutory hybrid plans a form of participant
involvement in the selection of interest crediting rates that would be
somewhat analogous to the self-directed investment practices that are
typical of section 401(k) retirement savings plans. Under such an
approach, participants could choose from among hypothetical investment
options that would determine the interest crediting rate. The menu of
hypothetical investment options might include various equity or fixed
income investment alternatives, potentially including options similar
to balanced or target date funds.\8\ The 2010 preamble also requested
comments on the plan qualification issues that might arise under such a
plan design, such as the treatment of forfeitures, the application of
the anti-cutback rules under section 411(d)(6), compliance with the
market rate of return requirement, and other section 411(b)(5) issues.
In addition, comments were specifically requested as to whether events
such as the following would raise issues: (1) A participant elects to
switch from one investment option to another; (2) a RIC underlying one
of the investment options ceases to exist; (3) the plan is amended to
eliminate an investment option; (4) a participant elects to switch from
an investment option with a cumulative minimum to an investment option
without a cumulative minimum (or vice versa); or (5) the plan is
terminated and, pursuant to the special rules that apply upon plan
termination, the interest crediting rate that applies to determine a
participant's benefit after plan termination must be fixed.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ A target date investment option under a statutory hybrid
plan would transition participants incrementally at certain ages
from a blended rate that is more heavily equity-weighted to a rate
that is more heavily weighted in fixed income.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Several commenters expressed serious concerns about the possibility
of giving
[[Page 56456]]
statutory hybrid plan participants the ability to choose from a menu of
hypothetical investment options. These comments reflect a general
concern that adding participant choice of investment options to a
statutory hybrid plan would constitute a further departure of these
plans from the fundamental nature of defined benefit pension plans.
Underlying this general concern appears to be a view that participant
choice of investment options is a practice that has developed uniquely
in the context of certain types of defined contribution retirement
savings vehicles (such as section 401(k) and section 403(b) plans) and
is not readily reconcilable with the statutory and regulatory regime
applicable to defined benefit pension plans. For example, commenters
questioned the advisability of shifting retirement security risks to
participants in defined benefit pension plans in a manner similar to
self-directed investing in section 401(k) plans. In this regard,
commenters have raised questions as to whether participants in general
have the knowledge, experience, and discipline to deal as effectively
as plan fiduciaries and other investment professionals with the
different risk and return characteristics of various investment options
and to formulate and adhere systematically to methodical investment
practices and strategies (such as appropriate risk diversification and
regular rebalancing).
Commenters also raised concerns regarding potential hazards for
trustees and plan sponsors of statutory hybrid plans that provide
investment choices to participants. Commenters suggested that if plan
assets were invested to track participant elections of equity-heavy
interest crediting options or frequent participant-directed investment
changes that might not be prudent, section 404(c) of ERISA might not be
available to limit plan fiduciary liability and help protect
participants. In the alternative, concerns have been expressed that, if
plan assets were invested according to a traditional defined benefit
plan investment strategy not correlated with participants' elections, a
well-funded plan might quickly become underfunded in a period when
equity-heavy interest crediting options perform well (which could lead
to additional exposure for the PBGC and put participants at risk for
shortfalls in anticipated benefits).
In addition, because the interest crediting rate is part of a
participant's accrued benefit and all related future interest credits
are accrued at the time a participant accrues a pay credit, some
commenters suggested that a change in the interest crediting rate might
be treated as a plan amendment for section 411(d)(6) anti-cutback
purposes (similar to rules preventing participants from waiving all or
any part of their accrued benefit). This section 411(d)(6)
interpretation would require preserving the prior interest crediting
rate with respect to benefits previously accrued. Under this
interpretation, participants would be encouraged to select one rate and
subsequently change to another rate with different characteristics to
achieve the greater of the two interest crediting rates. In addition,
the resulting greater-of rate that is required under this section
411(d)(6) interpretation raises issues under the section 411(b)(5)
rules that provide that an interest crediting rate cannot exceed a
market rate of return.
Other commenters suggested that the regulations should permit
statutory hybrid plans to provide for participant choice among
hypothetical investment options. For example, they noted that if
statutory hybrid plans were permitted to allow participant-directed
investments, this plan design might be more popular among participants
and employer sponsors, in an era in which adoption and retention of
defined benefit plans generally have been waning. The commenters also
argued that permitting investment-based rates of return in statutory
hybrid plans suggests that participants should be permitted to direct
the investment of their hypothetical accounts on the theory that
participants should have the option to elect a less volatile
investment, particularly as they near retirement, as in the case of a
target date fund or managed account. These commenters argued that a
choice among investment options is dissimilar, for purposes of applying
the anti-cutback rule of section 411(d)(6), to a waiver of accrued
benefits (because, at the time of a change, the value of an investment
dollar in any market-based investment option is the same as the value
of an investment dollar in any other market-based investment option).
They contended that the anti-cutback rule may protect a participant's
right to choose among interest crediting measures, but would not
protect the accrued benefit determined under a participant's particular
choice among interest crediting measures.
Some commenters that advocated that the regulations permit a
statutory hybrid plan to provide for participant choice among
investment options also requested transition relief in the event that
regulations do not permit this type of plan design. For example, they
suggested that participant choice be permitted during the interim
period between the statutory and regulatory effective dates. They also
suggested that, even after the regulatory effective date, a participant
in a plan that previously provided for participant choice be permitted
to continue to direct the investment of the account balance credited to
that participant as of the regulatory effective date and/or that anti-
cutback relief be provided so that plan sponsors can move to a
different method of matching investment risk to individual participant
circumstances (such as basing interest crediting rates on the
performance of target date funds or managed accounts, without
participant choice).
Because of the significant concerns relating to the use of
statutory hybrid plan designs that would permit participants to choose
among a menu of investment options specified in the plan document, the
Treasury Department and the IRS continue to study these issues. It is
possible that the Treasury Department and the IRS will conclude that
such plan designs are not permitted. In that event, it is anticipated
that any statutory hybrid plans that permitted participant choice among
a menu of investment options on September 18, 2014 pursuant to plan
provisions that were adopted by September 18, 2014 would receive anti-
cutback relief that would permit any such plans to be amended to
provide for one or more appropriate alternative replacement interest
crediting measures.
Some commenters raised concerns regarding whether it would be
consistent with the fiduciary, disclosure, and other requirements of
Title I of ERISA if a statutory hybrid plan were to permit participant
choice among a menu of investment options. Concerns raised by these
plan designs under Title I of ERISA are within the jurisdiction of the
Secretary of Labor. See Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1978, 5 U.S.C.
App. at 672 (2006).
Effective/Applicability Dates
Except as otherwise provided, the new rules under these final
regulations apply to plan years that begin on or after January 1, 2016.
(The rules in these final regulations that merely clarify provisions
that were included in the 2010 final regulations apply to plan years
that begin on or after January 1, 2011, in accordance with the general
effective/applicability date of the 2010 final regulations). In
addition, these regulations amend Sec. 1.411(b)(5)-1 to provide that
Sec. 1.411(b)(5)-1(d)(1)(iii), (d)(1)(vi) and (d)(6)(i) (which provide
that the regulations set forth the list of interest crediting rates and
combinations of interest crediting rates
[[Page 56457]]
that satisfy the market rate of return requirement under section
411(b)(5)) apply to plan years that begin on or after January 1,
2016.\9\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ The 2010 final regulations provide that these particular
provisions apply to plan years that begin on or after January 1,
2012. The intention to delay the effective/applicability date of
these provisions was announced in Notice 2011-85 and Notice 2012-61.
Notice 2012-61 announced that these provisions would not be
effective for plan years beginning before January 1, 2014.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The final regulations reflect the statutory effective dates set
forth in section 701(e) of PPA '06. Pursuant to section 701(e)(1) of
PPA '06, the amendments made by section 701 of PPA '06 are generally
effective for periods beginning on or after June 29, 2005. However,
sections 701(e)(2) through 701(e)(6) of PPA '06, as amended by WRERA
'08, set forth a number of special effective/applicability date rules
that are described earlier in the Background section of the preamble of
these regulations.
For periods after the statutory effective date and before the
regulatory effective date, the relief of sections 411(a)(13) and
411(b)(5) applies and the requirements of sections 411(a)(13) and
411(b)(5) must be satisfied. As provided in the 2010 final regulations,
a plan is permitted to rely on the provisions of the final regulations
for purposes of applying the relief and satisfying the requirements of
sections 411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5) for periods after the statutory
effective date and before the regulatory effective date. For such
periods, a plan is also permitted to rely on the provisions of the 2010
proposed regulations, the 2007 proposed regulations and Notice 2007-6
for purposes of applying the relief and satisfying the requirements of
sections 411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5).
The regulations should not be construed to create any inference
concerning the applicable law prior to the effective dates of sections
411(a)(13) and 411(b)(5). See also section 701(d) of PPA '06. In
addition, the regulations should not be construed to create any
inference concerning the proper interpretation of sections 411(a)(13)
and 411(b)(5) prior to the effective date of the regulations. Thus, for
example, if prior to the effective date of these final regulations a
plan provided an interest crediting rate that is not provided for under
the final regulations, the plan's interest crediting rate for that
period could nonetheless satisfy the statutory requirement that an
applicable defined benefit plan not provide for interest credits (or
equivalent amounts) for any plan year at an effective rate that is
greater than a market rate of return.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that these regulations are not a significant
regulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a
regulatory assessment is not required. It also has been determined that
section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5)
does not apply to these regulations, and because the regulation does
not impose a collection of information on small entities, the
Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply.
Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Code, the proposed regulations
preceding these final regulations were submitted to the Chief Counsel
for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its
impact on small business.
Drafting Information
The principal authors of these regulations are Neil S. Sandhu and
Linda S. F. Marshall, Office of Division Counsel/Associate Chief
Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities). However, other personnel
from the IRS and the Treasury Department participated in the
development of these regulations.
List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1
Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Adoption of Amendments to the Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is amended as follows:
PART 1--INCOME TAXES
0
Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 1 continues to read in
part as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
0
Par. 2. Section 1.411(a)(13)-1 is amended by:
0
1. Revising paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4), (d)(3)(i),
(d)(4)(ii)(A), (d)(4)(ii)(C), (d)(6), and (e)(2)(ii).
0
2. Adding paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(E).
The revisions and addition read as follows:
Sec. 1.411(a)(13)-1 Statutory hybrid plans.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(2) General rules with respect to current account balance or
current value--(i) Benefit after normal retirement age. The relief of
section 411(a)(13) does not override the requirement for a plan that,
with respect to a participant with an annuity starting date after
normal retirement age, the plan either provide an actuarial increase
after normal retirement age or satisfy the requirements for suspension
of benefits under section 411(a)(3)(B). Accordingly, with respect to
such a participant, a plan with a lump sum based benefit formula
violates the requirements of section 411(a) if the balance of the
hypothetical account or the value of the accumulated percentage of the
participant's final average compensation is not increased sufficiently
to satisfy the requirements of section 411(a)(2) for distributions
commencing after normal retirement age, unless the plan suspends
benefits in accordance with section 411(a)(3)(B).
(ii) Reductions limited. The relief of section 411(a)(13) does not
permit the accumulated benefit under a lump sum-based benefit formula
to be reduced in a manner that would be prohibited if that reduction
were applied to the accrued benefit. Accordingly, the only reductions
that can apply to the balance of the hypothetical account or
accumulated percentage of the participant's final average compensation
are reductions as a result of--
(A) Benefit payments;
(B) Qualified domestic relations orders under section 414(p);
(C) Forfeitures that are permitted under section 411(a) (such as
charges for providing a qualified preretirement survivor annuity);
(D) Amendments that would reduce the accrued benefit but that are
permitted under section 411(d)(6);
(E) Adjustments resulting in a decrease in the balance of the
hypothetical account due to the application of interest credits (as
defined in Sec. 1.411(b)(5)-1(d)(1)(ii)(A)) that are negative for an
interest crediting period;
(F) In the case of a formula that expresses the accumulated benefit
as an accumulated percentage of the participant's final average
compensation, adjustments resulting in a decrease in the dollar amount
of the accumulated percentage of the participant's final average
compensation--
(1) Due to a decrease in the dollar amount of the participant's
final average compensation; or
(2) Due to an increase in the integration level, under a formula
that is integrated with Social Security (for example, as a result of an
increase in the Social Security taxable wage base or in Social Security
covered compensation); or
(G) Other reductions to the extent provided by the Commissioner in
revenue rulings, notices, or other guidance published in the Internal
[[Page 56458]]
Revenue Bulletin (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b)).
(3) Payment of benefits based on current account balance or current
value--(i) Optional forms that are actuarially equivalent. With respect
to the benefits under a lump sum-based benefit formula, the relief of
paragraph (b)(1) of this section applies to an optional form of benefit
that is determined as of the annuity starting date as the actuarial
equivalent, using reasonable actuarial assumptions, of the then-current
balance of a hypothetical account maintained for the participant or the
then-current value of an accumulated percentage of the participant's
final average compensation.
(ii) Optional forms that are subsidized. With respect to the
benefits under a lump sum-based benefit formula, if an optional form of
benefit is payable in an amount that is greater than the actuarial
equivalent, determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions, of the
then-current balance of a hypothetical account maintained for the
participant or the then-current value of an accumulated percentage of
the participant's final average compensation, then the plan satisfies
the requirements of sections 411(a)(2), 411(a)(11), 411(c) and 417(e)
with respect to the amount of that optional form of benefit. However,
see Sec. 1.411(b)(5)-1(b)(1)(iii) for rules relating to early
retirement subsidies.
(iii) Optional forms that are less valuable. Except as otherwise
provided in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, if an optional form of
benefit is not at least the actuarial equivalent, using reasonable
actuarial assumptions, of the then-current balance of a hypothetical
account maintained for the participant or the then-current value of an
accumulated percentage of the participant's final average compensation,
then the relief under section 411(a)(13) (permitting a plan to treat
the account balance or accumulated percentage as the actuarial
equivalent of the portion of the accrued benefit determined under the
lump sum-based benefit formula) does not apply in determining whether
the optional form of benefit is the actuarial equivalent of the portion
of the accrued benefit determined under the lump sum-based benefit
formula. As a result, payment of that optional form of benefit must
satisfy the rules applicable to payment of the accrued benefit
generally under a defined benefit plan (without regard to the special
rules of section 411(a)(13)(A) and paragraph (b)(1) of this section),
including the requirements of section 411(a)(2) and, for optional forms
subject to the minimum present value requirements of section 417(e)(3),
those minimum present value requirements.
(4) Rules of application--(i) Relief applies on proportionate basis
with respect to payment of only a portion of the benefit under a lump
sum-based benefit formula. The relief of paragraph (b)(1) of this
section applies on a proportionate basis to a payment of a portion of
the benefit under a lump sum-based benefit formula, such as a payment
of a specified dollar amount or percentage of the then-current balance
of a hypothetical account maintained for the participant or then-
current value of an accumulated percentage of the participant's final
average compensation. Thus, for example, if a plan that expresses the
participant's entire accumulated benefit as the balance of a
hypothetical account distributes 40 percent of the participant's then-
current hypothetical account balance in a single payment, the plan is
treated as satisfying the requirements of section 411(a) and the
minimum present value rules of section 417(e) with respect to 40
percent of the participant's then-current accrued benefit.
(ii) Relief applies only to portion of benefit determined under
lump sum-based benefit formula. The relief of paragraph (b)(1) of this
section generally applies only to the portion of the participant's
benefit that is determined under a lump sum-based benefit formula and
generally does not apply to any portion of the participant's benefit
that is determined under a formula that is not a lump sum-based benefit
formula. The following rules apply for purposes of satisfying section
417(e):
(A) ``Greater-of'' formulas. If the participant's accrued benefit
equals the greater of the accrued benefit under a lump sum-based
benefit formula and the accrued benefit under another formula that is
not a lump-sum based benefit formula, a single-sum payment of the
participant's entire benefit must be no less than the greater of the
then-current accumulated benefit under the lump sum-based benefit
formula and the present value, determined in accordance with section
417(e), of the benefit under the other formula. For example, assume
that the accrued benefit under a plan is determined as the greater of
the accrued benefit attributable to the balance of a hypothetical
account and the accrued benefit equal to a pro rata portion of a normal
retirement benefit determined by projecting the hypothetical account
balance (including future principal and interest credits) to normal
retirement age. In such a case, a single-sum payment of the
participant's entire benefit must be no less than the greater of the
then-current balance of the hypothetical account and the present value,
determined in accordance with section 417(e), of the pro rata benefit
determined by projecting the hypothetical account balance to normal
retirement age.
(B) ``Sum-of'' formulas. If the participant's accrued benefit
equals the sum of the accrued benefit under a lump sum-based benefit
formula and the accrued benefit under another formula that is not a
lump-sum based benefit formula, a single-sum payment of the
participant's entire benefit must be no less than the sum of the then-
current accumulated benefit under the lump sum-based benefit formula
and the present value, determined in accordance with section 417(e), of
the benefit under the other formula. For example, assume that the
accrued benefit under a plan is determined as the sum of the accrued
benefit attributable to the balance of a hypothetical account and the
accrued benefit equal to the excess of the benefit under another
formula over the benefit under the hypothetical account formula. In
such a case, a single-sum payment of the participant's entire benefit
must be no less than the sum of the then-current balance of the
hypothetical account and the present value, determined in accordance
with section 417(e), of the excess of the benefit under the other
formula over the benefit under the hypothetical account formula.
(C) ``Lesser-of'' formulas. If the participant's accrued benefit
equals the lesser of the accrued benefit under a lump sum-based benefit
formula and the accrued benefit under another formula that is not a
lump-sum based benefit formula, a single-sum payment of the
participant's entire benefit must be no less than the lesser of the
then-current accumulated benefit under the lump sum-based benefit
formula and the present value, determined in accordance with section
417(e), of the benefit under the other formula. For example, assume
that the accrued benefit under a plan is determined as the accrued
benefit attributable to the balance of a hypothetical account, but no
greater than an accrued benefit payable at normal retirement age in the
form of a straight life annuity of $100,000 per year. In such a case, a
single-sum payment of the participant's entire benefit must be no less
than the lesser of the then-current balance of the hypothetical account
and the present value, determined in accordance with section 417(e), of
a benefit payable at normal retirement age in the form of a straight
life annuity of $100,000 per
[[Page 56459]]
year. If the formula that is not a lump sum-based benefit formula is
the maximum annual benefit described in section 415(b), then the
single-sum payment of the participant's entire benefit must not exceed
the then-current accumulated benefit under the lump sum-based benefit
formula.
* * * * *
(d) * * *
(3) Lump sum-based benefit formula--(i) In general. A lump sum-
based benefit formula means a benefit formula used to determine all or
any part of a participant's accumulated benefit under a defined benefit
plan under which the accumulated benefit provided under the formula is
expressed as the current balance of a hypothetical account maintained
for the participant or as the current value of an accumulated
percentage of the participant's final average compensation. A benefit
formula is expressed as the current balance of a hypothetical account
maintained for the participant if it is expressed as a current single-
sum dollar amount equal to that balance. A benefit formula is expressed
as the current value of an accumulated percentage of the participant's
final average compensation if it is expressed as a current single-sum
dollar amount equal to a percentage of the participant's final average
compensation or, for plan years that begin on or after January 1, 2016
(or any earlier date as elected by the taxpayer), a percentage of the
participant's highest average compensation (regardless of whether the
plan applies a limitation on the past period for which compensation is
taken into account in determining highest average compensation).
Whether a benefit formula is a lump sum-based benefit formula is
determined based on how the accumulated benefit of a participant is
expressed under the terms of the plan, and does not depend on whether
the plan provides an optional form of benefit in the form of a single-
sum payment. However, for plan years that begin on or after January 1,
2016, a benefit formula does not constitute a lump sum-based benefit
formula unless a distribution of the benefits under that formula in the
form of a single-sum payment equals the accumulated benefit under that
formula (except to the extent the single-sum payment is greater to
satisfy the requirements of section 411(d)(6)). In addition, for plan
years that begin on or after January 1, 2016, a benefit formula does
not constitute a lump sum-based benefit formula unless the portion of
the participant's accrued benefit that is determined under that formula
and the then-current balance of the hypothetical account or the then-
current value of the accumulated percentage of the participant's final
average compensation are actuarially equivalent (determined using
reasonable actuarial assumptions) either--
(A) Upon attainment of normal retirement age; or
(B) At the annuity starting date for a distribution with respect to
that portion.
* * * * *
(4) * * *
(ii) Effect similar to a lump sum-based benefit formula--(A) In
general. Except as provided in paragraphs (d)(4)(ii)(B) through (E) of
this section, a benefit formula under a defined benefit plan that is
not a lump sum-based benefit formula has an effect similar to a lump
sum-based benefit formula if the formula provides that a participant's
accumulated benefit is expressed as a benefit that includes the right
to adjustments (including a formula that provides for indexed benefits
under Sec. 1.411(b)(5)-1(b)(2)) for a future period and the total
dollar amount of those adjustments is reasonably expected to be smaller
for the participant than for any similarly situated, younger individual
(within the meaning of Sec. 1.411(b)(5)-1(b)(5)) who is or could be a
participant in the plan. For this purpose, the right to adjustments for
a future period means, for plan years that begin on or after January 1,
2016, the right to any changes in the dollar amount of benefits over
time, regardless of whether those adjustments are denominated as
interest credits. A benefit formula that does not include adjustments
for any future period is treated as a formula with an effect similar to
a lump sum-based benefit formula if the formula would be described in
this paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(A) except for the fact that the adjustments
are provided pursuant to a pattern of repeated plan amendments. See
Sec. 1.411(d)-4, A-1(c)(1).
* * * * *
(C) Exception for certain variable annuity benefit formulas. If a
variable annuity benefit formula adjusts benefits by reference to the
difference between a rate of return on plan assets (or specified market
indices) and a specified assumed interest rate of 5 percent or higher,
then the variable annuity benefit formula is not treated as being
reasonably expected to provide a smaller total dollar amount of future
adjustments for the participant than for any similarly situated,
younger individual who is or could be a participant in the plan, and
thus such a variable annuity benefit formula does not have an effect
similar to a lump sum-based benefit formula. For plan years that begin
on or after January 1, 2016 (or any earlier date as elected by the
taxpayer), the rate of return on plan assets (or specified market
index) by reference to which the benefit formula adjusts must be a rate
of return described in Sec. 1.411(b)(5)-1(d)(5) (which includes, in
the case of a benefit formula determined with reference to an annuity
contract for an employee issued by an insurance company licensed under
the laws of a State, the rate of return on the market index specified
under that contract).
* * * * *
(E) Exception for certain actuarial reductions for early
commencement under traditional formula. A defined benefit formula is
not treated as having an effect similar to a lump sum-based benefit
formula with respect to a participant merely because the formula
provides for a reduction in the benefit payable at early retirement due
to early commencement (with the result that the benefit payable at
normal retirement age is greater than the benefit payable at early
retirement), provided that the benefit payable at normal retirement age
to the participant cannot be less than the benefit payable at normal
retirement age to any similarly situated, younger individual who is or
could be a participant in the plan. Thus, for example, a plan that
provides a benefit equal to 1 percent of final average pay per year of
service, payable as a life annuity at normal retirement age, is not
treated as having an effect similar to a lump sum-based benefit formula
by reason of an actuarial reduction in the benefit payable under the
plan for early commencement.
* * * * *
(6) Variable annuity benefit formula. A variable annuity benefit
formula means any benefit formula under a defined benefit plan which
provides that the amount payable is periodically adjusted by reference
to the difference between a rate of return and a specified assumed
interest rate.
* * * * *
(e) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) Special effective date. Paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3) and (b)(4)
of this section apply to plan years that begin on or after January 1,
2016.
* * * * *
0
Par. 3. Section 1.411(b)-1 is amended by adding paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(G)
and adding and reserving paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(H) to read as follows:
[[Page 56460]]
Sec. 1.411(b)-1 Accrued benefit requirements.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) * * *
(G) Variable interest crediting rate under a statutory hybrid
benefit formula. For plan years that begin on or after January 1, 2012
(or an earlier date as elected by the taxpayer), a plan that determines
any portion of the participant's accrued benefit pursuant to a
statutory hybrid benefit formula (as defined in Sec. 1.411(a)(13)-
1(d)(4)) that utilizes an interest crediting rate described in Sec.
1.411(b)(5)-1(d) that is a variable rate that was less than zero for
the prior plan year is not treated as failing to satisfy the
requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section for the current plan
year merely because the plan assumes for purposes of paragraph (b)(2)
of this section that the variable rate is zero for the current plan
year and all future plan years.
(H) Special rule for multiple formulas. [Reserved]
* * * * *
0
Par. 4. Section 1.411(b)(5)-1 is amended by:
0
1. Revising paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(B), (b)(1)(i)(C), (b)(1)(ii),
(b)(1)(iii), and (b)(2)(i).
0
2. Revising paragraph (c)(3)(i).
0
3. Removing paragraph (c)(3)(iii).
0
4. Adding Example 8 to paragraph (c)(5).
0
5. Revising paragraphs (d)(1)(iv)(D), (d)(2)(i), (d)(2)(ii), (d)(3),
(d)(4)(ii), (d)(4)(iv), (d)(5)(ii), (d)(5)(iv), (d)(6)(ii),
(d)(6)(iii), (e)(2), (e)(3)(ii)(B), (e)(3)(ii)(C), (e)(3)(iii), (e)(4),
and (f)(2)(i)(B).
0
6. Adding paragraphs (d)(1)(viii), (d)(4)(v), (e)(3)(ii)(D),
(e)(3)(iv), (e)(3)(v), and (e)(5).
0
7. Revising the last sentence of paragraph (d)(1)(v).
0
8. Revising the first and fourth sentences of paragraph (e)(3)(i).
The revisions and additions read as follows:
Sec. 1.411(b)(5)-1 Reduction in rate of benefit accrual under a
defined benefit plan.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) * * *
(B) The current balance of a hypothetical account maintained for
the participant if the accumulated benefit of the participant is the
current balance of a hypothetical account.
(C) The current value of an accumulated percentage of the
participant's final average compensation if the accumulated benefit of
the participant is the current value of an accumulated percentage of
the participant's final average compensation.
(ii) Benefit formulas for comparison--(A) In general. Except as
provided in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)(B), (C), (D) and (E) of this section,
the safe harbor provided by section 411(b)(5)(A) and paragraph
(b)(1)(i) of this section is available only with respect to a
participant if the participant's accumulated benefit under the plan is
expressed in terms of only one safe-harbor formula measure and no
similarly situated, younger individual who is or could be a participant
has an accumulated benefit that is expressed in terms of any measure
other than that same safe-harbor formula measure. Thus, for example, if
a plan provides that the accumulated benefit of participants who are
age 55 or older is expressed under the terms of the plan as a life
annuity payable at normal retirement age (or current age if later) as
described in paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A) of this section and the plan
provides that the accumulated benefit of participants who are younger
than age 55 is expressed as the current balance of a hypothetical
account as described in paragraph (b)(1)(i)(B) of this section, then
the safe harbor described in section 411(b)(5)(A) and paragraph
(b)(1)(i) of this section does not apply to individuals who are or
could be participants and who are age 55 or older.
(B) Sum-of benefit formulas. If a plan provides that a
participant's accumulated benefit is expressed as the sum of benefits
determined in terms of two or more benefit formulas, each of which is
expressed in terms of a different safe-harbor formula measure, then the
plan is deemed to satisfy paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section with
respect to the participant, provided that the plan satisfies the
comparison described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section separately
for benefits determined in terms of each safe-harbor formula measure
and no accumulated benefit of a similarly situated, younger individual
who is or could be a participant is expressed other than as--
(1) The sum of benefits under two or more benefit formulas, each of
which is expressed in terms of one of those same safe-harbor formula
measures as is used for the participant's ``sum-of'' benefit;
(2) The greater of benefits under two or more benefit formulas,
each of which is expressed in terms of any one of those same safe-
harbor formula measures;
(3) The choice of benefits under two or more benefit formulas, each
of which is expressed in terms of any one of those same safe-harbor
formula measures;
(4) A benefit that is determined in terms of only one of those same
safe-harbor formula measures; or
(5) The lesser of benefits under two or more benefit formulas, at
least one of which is expressed in terms of one of those same safe-
harbor formula measures.
(C) Greater-of benefit formulas. If a plan provides that a
participant's accumulated benefit is expressed as the greater of
benefits under two or more benefit formulas, each of which is
determined in terms of a different safe-harbor formula measure, then
the plan is deemed to satisfy paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section with
respect to the participant, provided that the plan satisfies the
comparison described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section separately
for benefits determined in terms of each safe-harbor formula measure
and no accumulated benefit of a similarly situated, younger individual
who is or could be a participant is expressed other than as--
(1) The greater of benefits determined under two or more benefit
formulas, each of which is expressed in terms of one of those same
safe-harbor formula measures as is used for the participant's
``greater-of'' benefit;
(2) The choice of benefits determined under two or more benefit
formulas, each of which is expressed in terms of one of those same
safe-harbor formula measures;
(3) A benefit that is determined in terms of only one of those same
safe-harbor formula measures; or
(4) The lesser of benefits under two or more benefit formulas, at
least one of which is expressed in terms of one of those same safe-
harbor formula measures.
(D) Choice-of benefit formulas. If a plan provides that a
participant's accumulated benefit is determined pursuant to a choice by
the participant between benefits determined in terms of two or more
different safe-harbor formula measures, then the plan is deemed to
satisfy paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section with respect to the
participant, provided that the plan satisfies the comparison described
in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section separately for benefits
determined in terms of each safe-harbor formula measure and no
accumulated benefit of a similarly situated, younger individual who is
or could be a participant is expressed other than as--
(1) The choice of benefits determined under two or more benefit
formulas, each of which is expressed in terms of one of those same
safe-harbor formula measures as is used for the participant's ``choice-
of'' benefit;
[[Page 56461]]
(2) A benefit that is determined in terms of only one of those same
safe-harbor formula measures; or
(3) The lesser of benefits under two or more benefit formulas, at
least one of which is expressed in terms of one of those same safe-
harbor formula measures.
(E) Lesser-of benefit formulas. If a plan provides that a
participant's accumulated benefit is expressed as a single safe-harbor
formula measure and no accumulated benefit of a similarly situated,
younger individual who is or could be a participant is expressed other
than as a benefit that is determined under the same safe-harbor formula
measure or as the lesser of benefits under two or more benefit
formulas, at least one of which is expressed in terms of the same safe-
harbor formula measure, then the plan is deemed to satisfy paragraph
(b)(1)(i) of this section with respect to the participant only if the
plan satisfies the comparison described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this
section for benefits determined in terms of the same safe-harbor
formula measure. Similarly, if a plan provides that a participant's
accumulated benefit is expressed as the lesser of benefits under two or
more benefit formulas, each of which is determined in terms of a
different safe-harbor formula measure, then the plan is deemed to
satisfy paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section with respect to the
participant only if the plan satisfies the comparison described in
paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section separately for benefits determined
in terms of each safe-harbor formula measure and no accumulated benefit
of a similarly situated, younger individual who is or could be a
participant is expressed other than as the lesser of benefits under two
or more benefit formulas, expressed in terms of all of those same safe-
harbor formula measures (and any other additional formula measures).
(F) Limitations on plan formulas that provide for hypothetical
accounts or accumulated percentages of final average compensation. For
plan years that begin on or after January 1, 2016, a benefit measure is
a safe harbor formula measure described in paragraph (b)(1)(i)(B) or
(C) of this section only if the formula under which the balance of a
hypothetical account or the accumulated percentage of final average
compensation is determined is a lump-sum based benefit formula.
(iii) Disregard of certain subsidized benefits. For purposes of
paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, any subsidized portion of an early
retirement benefit that is included in a participant's accumulated
benefit is disregarded. For this purpose, an early retirement benefit
includes a subsidized portion only if it provides a higher actuarial
present value on account of commencement before normal retirement age.
However, for plan years that begin on or after January 1, 2016, if the
annual benefit payable before normal retirement age is greater for a
participant than the annual benefit under the corresponding form of
benefit for any similarly situated, older individual who is or could be
a participant and who is currently at or before normal retirement age,
then that excess is not part of the subsidized portion of an early
retirement benefit and, accordingly, is not disregarded under this
paragraph (b)(1)(iii). For purposes of determining whether the annual
benefit payable before normal retirement age is greater for a
participant than the annual benefit under the corresponding form of
benefit for any similarly situated, older individual who is or could be
a participant, social security leveling options and social security
supplements are disregarded. In addition, a plan is not treated as
providing a greater annual benefit to a participant than to a similarly
situated, older individual who is or could be a participant merely
because the reduction (based on actuarial equivalence, using reasonable
actuarial assumptions) in the amount of an annuity to reflect a
survivor benefit is smaller for the participant than for a similarly
situated, older individual who is or could be a participant.
* * * * *
(2) Indexed benefits--(i) In general. Except as provided in
paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, pursuant to section 411(b)(5)(E)
and this paragraph (b)(2)(i), a defined benefit plan is not treated as
failing to meet the requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H) with respect
to a participant solely because a benefit formula (other than a lump
sum-based benefit formula) under the plan provides for the periodic
adjustment of the participant's accrued benefit under the plan by means
of the application of a recognized index or methodology. An indexing
rate that does not exceed a market rate of return, as defined in
paragraph (d) of this section, is deemed to be a recognized index or
methodology for purposes of the preceding sentence. In addition, for
plan years that begin on or after January 1, 2016 (or an earlier date
as elected by the taxpayer), any subsidized portion of any early
retirement benefit under such a plan that meets the requirements of
paragraph (b)(1)(iii) is disregarded in determining whether the plan
meets the requirements of section 411(b)(1)(H). However, such a plan
must satisfy the qualification requirements otherwise applicable to
statutory hybrid plans, including the requirements of Sec.
1.411(a)(13)-1(c) (relating to minimum vesting standards) and paragraph
(c) of this section (relating to plan conversion amendments) if the
plan has an effect similar to a lump sum-based benefit formula,
pursuant to the rules of Sec. 1.411(a)(13)-1(d)(4)(ii).
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(3) * * * (i) * * * Provided that the requirements of paragraph
(c)(3)(ii) of this section are satisfied, a statutory hybrid plan under
which an opening hypothetical account balance or opening accumulated
percentage of the participant's final average compensation is
established as of the effective date of the conversion amendment does
not fail to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this
section merely because benefits attributable to that opening
hypothetical account balance or opening accumulated percentage (that
is, benefits that are not described in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B) of this
section) are substituted for benefits described in paragraph
(c)(2)(i)(A) of this section.
* * * * *
(5) * * *
Example 8. (i) Facts involving establishment of opening
hypothetical account balance. A defined benefit plan provides an
accrued benefit expressed as a straight life annuity commencing at
the plan's normal retirement age (age 65), based on a percentage of
average annual compensation multiplied by the participant's years of
service. On January 1, 2009, a conversion amendment is adopted that
converts the plan to a statutory hybrid plan. Participant A, age 55,
had an accrued benefit under the pre-conversion formula of $1,500
per month payable at normal retirement age. In conjunction with this
conversion, the plan provides each participant with an opening
hypothetical account balance equal to the present value, determined
in accordance with section 417(e)(3) of the participant's pre-
conversion benefit. Participant A's opening hypothetical account
balance was calculated as $121,146. The opening account balance
(along with any subsequent amounts credited to the hypothetical
account) is credited annually with interest credits at the rate of
5.0 percent up to the annuity starting date of each participant.
(ii) Facts relating to changes between establishment of opening
hypothetical account balance and age 65. Upon attainment of age 65,
Participant A elects to receive Participant A's entire benefit under
the plan as a single sum distribution. At the annuity starting date,
Participant A's hypothetical account balance attributable to
Participant A's opening account balance has increased to $197,334.
However, under the terms of the plan and in accordance with section
417(e)(3), the present value at the
[[Page 56462]]
annuity starting date of Participant A's pre-conversion benefit of
$1,500 per month is $221,383.
(iii) Conclusion. Pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A) of this
section, Participant A must receive the benefit attributable to
post-conversion service, plus the greater of the benefit
attributable to the opening hypothetical account balance and the
pre-conversion benefit (with the determination as to which is
greater made at the annuity starting date). Accordingly the single-
sum distribution must equal the benefit attributable to post-
conversion service plus $221,383.
* * * * *
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(iv) * * *
(D) Debits and credits during the interest crediting period. A plan
is not treated as failing to meet the requirements of this paragraph
(d) merely because the plan does not provide for interest credits on
amounts distributed prior to the end of the interest crediting period.
Furthermore, a plan is not treated as failing to meet the requirements
of this paragraph (d) merely because the plan calculates increases or
decreases to the participant's accumulated benefit by applying a rate
of interest or rate of return (including a rate of increase or decrease
under an index) to the participant's adjusted accumulated benefit (or
portion thereof) for the period. For this purpose, the participant's
adjusted accumulated benefit equals the participant's accumulated
benefit as of the beginning of the period, adjusted for debits and
credits (other than interest credits) made to the accumulated benefit
prior to the end of the interest crediting period, with appropriate
weighting for those debits and credits based on their timing within the
period. For plans that calculate increases or decreases to the
participant's accumulated benefit by applying a rate of interest or
rate of return to the participant's adjusted accumulated benefit (or
portion thereof) for the period, interest credits include these
increases and decreases, to the extent provided under the terms of the
plan at the beginning of the period and to the extent not conditioned
on current service and not made on account of imputed service (as
defined in Sec. 1.401(a)(4)-11(d)(3)(ii)(B)), and the interest
crediting rate with respect to a participant equals the total amount of
interest credits for the period divided by the participant's adjusted
accumulated benefit for the period.
* * * * *
(v) * * * Similarly, an interest crediting rate that always equals
the lesser of the yield on 30-year Treasury Constant Maturities and a
fixed 7 percent interest rate is not in excess of a market rate of
return because it can never be in excess of the yield on 30-year
Treasury Constant Maturities.
* * * * *
(viii) Increases to existing rates and addition of other rates--(A)
Increases to existing rates. The Commissioner may, in guidance
published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin, see Sec.
601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter, increase an interest crediting
rate set forth in this paragraph (d), so that the increased rate is
treated as satisfying the requirement that the rate not exceed a market
rate of return for purposes of this paragraph (d) and section
411(b)(5)(B). For this purpose, these increases can include increases
to the maximum permitted margin that can be added to one or more of the
safe harbor rates set forth in paragraph (d)(4) of this section,
increases to the maximum permitted fixed rate set forth in paragraph
(d)(4)(v) of this section, or increases to a maximum permitted annual
floor set forth in paragraph (d)(6) of this section.
(B) Additional rates. The Commissioner may, in guidance published
in the Internal Revenue Bulletin, see Sec. 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of
this chapter, provide for additional interest crediting rates that
satisfy the requirement that they not exceed a market rate of return
for purposes of this paragraph (d) and section 411(b)(5)(B) (including
providing for additional combinations of rates, such as annual minimums
in conjunction with rates that are based on rates described in
paragraph (d)(5) of this section but that are reduced in order to
ensure that the effective rate of return does not exceed a market rate
of return).
* * * * *
(2) Preservation of capital requirement--(i) General rule. A
statutory hybrid plan satisfies the requirements of section
411(b)(1)(H) only if the plan provides that the participant's benefit
under the statutory hybrid benefit formula determined as of the
participant's annuity starting date is no less than the benefit
determined as if the accumulated benefit were equal to the sum of all
principal credits (as described in paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(D) of this
section) credited under the plan to the participant as of that date
(including principal credits that were credited before the applicable
statutory effective date of paragraph (f)(1) of this section). This
paragraph (d)(2) applies only as of an annuity starting date, within
the meaning of Sec. 1.401(a)-20, A-10(b), with respect to which a
distribution of the participant's entire vested benefit under the
plan's statutory hybrid benefit formula as of that date commences. For
a participant who has more than one annuity starting date, paragraph
(d)(2)(ii) of this section provides rules to account for prior annuity
starting dates when applying this paragraph (d)(2)(i).
(ii) Application to multiple annuity starting dates--(A) In
general. If the comparison under paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(B) of this
section results in the sum of all principal credits credited to the
participant (as of the current annuity starting date) exceeding the sum
of the amounts described in paragraphs (d)(2)(ii)(B)(1) through
(d)(2)(ii)(B)(3) of this section, then the participant's benefit to be
distributed at the current annuity starting date must be no less than
would be provided if that excess were included in the current
accumulated benefit.
(B) Comparison to reflect prior distributions. For a participant
who has more than one annuity starting date, the sum of all principal
credits credited to the participant under the plan, as of the current
annuity starting date, is compared to the sum of--
(1) The remaining balance of the participant's accumulated benefit
as of the current annuity starting date;
(2) The amount of the reduction to the participant's accumulated
benefit under the statutory hybrid benefit formula that is attributable
to any prior distribution of the participant's benefit under that
formula; and
(3) Any amount that was treated as included in the accumulated
benefit under the rules of this paragraph (d)(2) as of any prior
annuity starting date.
(C) Special rule for participants with 5 or more breaks in service.
A plan is permitted to provide that, in the case of a participant who
receives a distribution of the entire vested benefit under the plan and
thereafter completes 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in service, as defined
in section 411(a)(6)(A), the rules of this paragraph (d)(2) are applied
without regard to the prior period of service. Thus, in the case of
such a participant, the plan is permitted to provide that the rules of
this paragraph (d)(2) are applied disregarding the principal credits
and distributions that occurred before the breaks in service.
* * * * *
(3) Long-term investment grade corporate bonds. For purposes of
this paragraph (d), the rate of interest on long-term investment grade
corporate bonds means the third segment rate described in section
417(e)(3)(D) or 430(h)(2)(C)(iii) (determined with or without regard to
section 430(h)(2)(C)(iv) and with or without
[[Page 56463]]
regard to the transition rules of section 417(e)(3)(D)(ii) or
430(h)(2)(G)). However, for plan years beginning prior to January 1,
2008, the rate of interest on long-term investment grade corporate
bonds means the rate described in section 412(b)(5)(B)(ii)(II) prior to
amendment by the Pension Protection Act of 2006, Public Law 109-280
(120 Stat. 780 (2006)) (PPA '06).
(4) * * *
(ii) Rates based on government bonds with margins. An interest
crediting rate is deemed to be not in excess of the interest rate
described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section if the rate is equal to
the sum of any of the following rates of interest for bonds and the
associated margin for that interest rate:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest rate bond index Associated margin
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The discount rate on 3-month Treasury Bills......................... 175 basis points.
The discount rate on 12-month or shorter Treasury Bills............. 150 basis points.
The yield on 1-year Treasury Constant Maturities.................... 100 basis points.
The yield on 3-year or shorter Treasury Constant Maturities......... 50 basis points.
The yield on 7-year or shorter Treasury Constant Maturities......... 25 basis points.
The yield on 30-year or shorter Treasury Constant Maturities........ 0 basis points.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
(iv) Short and mid-term investment grade corporate bonds. An
interest crediting rate equal to the first segment rate is deemed to be
not in excess of the interest rate described in paragraph (d)(3) of
this section. Similarly, an interest crediting rate equal to the second
segment rate is deemed to be not in excess of the interest rate
described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section. For this purpose, the
first and second segment rates mean the first and second segment rates
described in section 417(e)(3)(D) or 430(h)(2)(C), determined with or
without regard to section 430(h)(2)(C)(iv) and with or without regard
to the transition rules of section 417(e)(3)(D)(ii) or 430(h)(2)(G).
(v) Fixed rate of interest. An annual interest crediting rate equal
to a fixed 6 percent is deemed to be not in excess of the interest rate
described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
(5) * * *
(ii) Actual rate of return on plan assets--(A) In general. An
interest crediting rate equal to the actual rate of return on the
aggregate assets of the plan, including both positive returns and
negative returns, is not in excess of a market rate of return if the
plan's assets are diversified so as to minimize the volatility of
returns. This requirement that plan assets be diversified so as to
minimize the volatility of returns does not require greater
diversification than is required under section 404(a)(1)(C) of Title I
of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, Public Law 93-
406 (88 Stat. 829 (1974)), as amended (ERISA), with respect to defined
benefit pension plans.
(B) Subset of plan assets. An interest crediting rate equal to the
actual rate of return on the assets within a specified subset of plan
assets, including both positive and negative returns, is not in excess
of a market rate of return if--
(1) The subset of plan assets is diversified so as to minimize the
volatility of returns, within the meaning of paragraph (d)(5)(ii)(A) of
this section (thus, this requirement is satisfied if the subset of plan
assets is diversified such that it would meet the requirements of
paragraph (d)(5)(ii)(A) of this section if the subset were aggregate
plan assets);
(2) The aggregate fair market value of qualifying employer
securities and qualifying employer real property (within the meaning of
section 407 of ERISA) held in the subset of plan assets does not exceed
10 percent of the fair market value of the aggregate assets in the
subset; and
(3) The fair market value of the assets within the subset of plan
assets approximates the liabilities for benefits that are adjusted by
reference to the rate of return on the assets within the subset,
determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions.
(C) Examples. The following examples illustrate the application of
paragraph (d)(5)(ii)(B) of this section:
Example 1. (i) Facts. (a) Employer A sponsors a defined benefit
plan under which benefit accruals are determined under a formula
that is not a statutory hybrid benefit formula. Effective January 1,
2015, the plan is amended to cease future accruals under the
existing formula and to provide future benefit accruals under a
statutory hybrid benefit formula that uses hypothetical accounts.
For service on or after January 1, 2015, the terms of the plan
provide that each participant's hypothetical account balance is
credited monthly with a pay credit equal to a specified percentage
of the participant's compensation during the month. The plan also
provides that hypothetical account balance is increased or decreased
by an interest credit, which is calculated as the product of the
account balance at the beginning of the period and the net rate of
return on the assets within a specified subset of plan assets during
that period. Under the terms of the plan, the net rate of return is
equal to the actual rate of return adjusted to reflect a reduction
for specified plan expenses. The plan does not provide for interest
credits on amounts that are distributed prior to the end of an
interest crediting period.
(b) As of the effective date of the amendment, there are no
assets in the specified subset of plan assets. Under the terms of
the plan, an amount is added to the specified subset at the time
each subsequent contribution for any plan year starting on or after
the effective date of the amendment is made to the plan. The amount
added (the formula contribution) is the amount deemed necessary to
fund benefit accruals under the statutory hybrid benefit formula.
Investment of the specified subset is diversified so as to minimize
the volatility of returns, within the meaning of paragraph
(d)(5)(ii)(A) of this section, and no qualifying employer securities
or qualifying employer real property (within the meaning of section
407 of ERISA) are held in the subset. Benefits accrued under the
statutory hybrid benefit formula are paid from the specified subset.
However, if assets of the specified subset are insufficient to pay
benefits accrued under the statutory hybrid benefit formula, the
plan provides that assets of the residual legacy subset of plan
assets (from which benefits accrued before January 1, 2015 are paid)
are available to pay those benefits in accordance with the
requirement that all assets of the plan be available to pay all plan
benefits. Except as described in this paragraph, no other amounts
are added to or subtracted from the specified subset of plan assets.
(c) The formula contribution for each plan year that is added to
the specified subset of plan assets is an amount equal to the sum of
the target normal cost of the statutory hybrid benefit formula for
the plan year plus an additional amount intended to reflect gains or
losses. This additional amount is equal to the annual amount
necessary to amortize the difference between the funding target
attributable to the statutory hybrid benefit formula portion of the
plan for the plan year over the value of plan assets included in the
specified subset of plan assets for the plan year in level annual
installments over a 7-year period. For this purpose, target normal
cost and funding target are determined under the rules of Sec.
1.430(d)-1 as if the statutory hybrid benefit formula portion of the
plan were the entire plan and without regard to special rules that
are applicable to a plan in at-risk status, even if the plan is in
at-risk status for a plan year. If the formula contribution for a
plan year exceeds the
[[Page 56464]]
amount of the actual contribution to the plan for a year (such as
could be the case if all or a portion of the contribution is offset
by all or a portion of the plan's prefunding balance), then an
amount equal to the excess of the formula contribution over the
actual contribution is transferred from the residual legacy subset
of plan assets to the specified subset of plan assets on the plan's
due date for the minimum required contribution for the year.
(ii) Conclusion. The specified subset is diversified so as to
minimize the volatility of returns (within the meaning of paragraph
(d)(5)(ii)(A) of this section). The aggregate fair market value of
qualifying employer securities and qualifying employer real property
(within the meaning of section 407 of ERISA) held in the specified
subset do not exceed 10 percent of the fair market value of the
aggregate assets in the subset. The fair market value of the assets
within the specified subset of plan assets approximates the
liabilities for benefits that are adjusted by reference to the rate
of return on the assets within the subset, determined using
reasonable actuarial assumptions, within the meaning of paragraph
(d)(5)(ii)(B)(3) of this section. Therefore, the interest crediting
rate under the statutory hybrid benefit formula portion of Employer
A's defined benefit plan is not in excess of a market rate of
return.
Example 2. (i) Facts. (a) Pursuant to a collective bargaining
agreement, Employer X, Employer Y and Employer Z maintain and
contribute to a multiemployer plan (as defined in section 414(f))
that is established as of January 1, 2015 under which benefit
accruals are determined under a variable annuity benefit formula.
The plan provides that, on an annual basis, the benefit of each
participant who has not yet retired is adjusted by reference to the
difference between the actual return on the assets within a
specified subset of plan assets and 4 percent. A participant's
benefits are fixed at retirement and thereafter are not adjusted.
(b) As of the effective date of the plan, there are no assets in
the specified subset. Under the terms of the plan, any amount
contributed to the plan by a contributing employer is added to the
specified subset at the time of the contribution. Investment of the
specified subset is diversified so as to minimize the volatility of
returns, within the meaning of paragraph (d)(5)(ii)(A) of this
section, and no qualifying employer securities or qualifying
employer real property (within the meaning of section 407 of ERISA)
are held in the subset. The plan provides that, at the time of a
participant's retirement, an amount equal to the present value of
the liability for benefits payable to that participant is
transferred to a separate subset of plan assets (the retiree pool).
The retiree pool is invested in high-quality bonds in an attempt to
achieve cash-flow matching of the retiree liabilities. Benefits are
paid from the retiree pool. However, if assets of the retiree pool
are insufficient to pay benefits, the plan provides that assets of
the specified subset are available to pay benefits in accordance
with the requirement that all assets of the plan be available to pay
all plan benefits. Except as described in this paragraph, no other
amounts are added to or subtracted from the specified subset of plan
assets.
(ii) Conclusion. The specified subset is diversified so as to
minimize the volatility of returns (within the meaning of paragraph
(d)(5)(ii)(A) of this section). The aggregate fair market value of
qualifying employer securities and qualifying employer real property
(within the meaning of section 407 of ERISA) held in the specified
subset do not exceed 10 percent of the fair market value of the
aggregate assets in the subset. The fair market value of the assets
within the specified subset of plan assets approximates the
liabilities for benefits that are adjusted by reference to the rate
of return on the assets within the subset, determined using
reasonable actuarial assumptions, within the meaning of paragraph
(d)(5)(ii)(B)(3) of this section. Therefore, the methodology used to
adjust participant benefits under the plan's variable annuity
benefit formula, which is a statutory hybrid benefit formula under
Sec. 1.411(a)(13)-1(d)(4), is not in excess of a market rate of
return.
* * * * *
(iv) Rate of return on certain RICs. An interest crediting rate is
not in excess of a market rate of return if it is equal to the rate of
return on a regulated investment company (RIC), as defined in section
851, that is reasonably expected to be not significantly more volatile
than the broad United States equities market or a similarly broad
international equities market. For example, a RIC that has most of its
assets invested in securities of issuers (including other RICs)
concentrated in an industry sector or a country other than the United
States generally would not meet this requirement. Likewise a RIC that
uses leverage, or that has significant investment in derivative
financial products, for the purpose of achieving returns that amplify
the returns of an unleveraged investment, generally would not meet this
requirement. Thus, a RIC that has most of its investments concentrated
in the semiconductor industry or that uses leverage in order to provide
a rate of return that is twice the rate of return on the Standard &
Poor's 500 index (S&P 500) would not meet this requirement. On the
other hand, a RIC with investments that track the rate of return on the
S&P 500, a broad-based ``small-cap'' index (such as the Russell 2000
index), or a broad-based international equities index would meet this
requirement.
(6) * * *
(ii) Annual or more frequent floor--(A) Application to segment
rates. An interest crediting rate under a plan does not fail to be
described in paragraph (d)(3) or (d)(4)(iv) of this section for an
interest crediting period merely because the plan provides that the
interest crediting rate for that interest crediting period equals the
greater of--
(1) An interest crediting rate described in paragraph (d)(3) or
(d)(4)(iv) of this section; and
(2) An annual interest rate of 4 percent or less (or a pro rata
portion of an annual interest rate of 4 percent or less for plans that
provide interest credits more frequently than annually).
(B) Application to other bond-based rates. An interest crediting
rate under a plan does not fail to be described in paragraph (d)(4) of
this section for an interest crediting period merely because the plan
provides that the interest crediting rate for that interest crediting
period equals the greater of--
(1) An interest crediting rate described in paragraph (d)(4)(ii) or
(d)(4)(iii) of this section; and
(2) An annual interest rate of 5 percent or less (or a pro rata
portion of an annual interest rate of 5 percent or less for plans that
provide interest credits more frequently than annually).
(iii) Cumulative floor applied to investment-based or bond-based
rates--(A) In general. A plan that determines interest credits under a
statutory hybrid benefit formula using a particular interest crediting
rate described in paragraph (d)(3), (d)(4), or (d)(5) of this section
(or an interest crediting rate that can never be in excess of a
particular interest crediting rate described in paragraph (d)(3),
(d)(4) or (d)(5) of this section) does not provide an effective
interest crediting rate in excess of a market rate of return merely
because the plan provides that the participant's benefit under the
statutory hybrid benefit formula determined as of the participant's
annuity starting date is equal to the benefit determined as if the
accumulated benefit were equal to the greater of--
(1) The accumulated benefit determined using the interest crediting
rate; and
(2) The accumulated benefit determined as if the plan had used a
fixed annual interest crediting rate equal to 3 percent (or a lower
rate) for all principal credits that are credited under the plan to the
participant during the guarantee period (minimum guarantee amount).
(B) Guarantee period defined. The guarantee period is the
prospective period that begins on the date the cumulative floor
described in this paragraph (d)(6)(iii) begins to apply to the
participant's benefit and that ends on the date on which that
cumulative floor ceases to apply to the participant's benefit.
(C) Application to multiple annuity starting dates. The
determination under
[[Page 56465]]
this paragraph (d)(6)(iii) is made only as of an annuity starting date,
within the meaning of Sec. 1.401(a)-20, A-10(b), with respect to which
a distribution of the participant's entire vested benefit under the
plan's statutory hybrid benefit formula as of that date commences. For
a participant who has more than one annuity starting date, paragraph
(d)(6)(iii)(D) of this section provides rules to account for prior
annuity starting dates when applying paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(A) of this
section. If the comparison under paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(D) of this
section results in the minimum guarantee amount exceeding the sum of
the amounts described in paragraphs (d)(6)(iii)(D)(1) through
(d)(6)(iii)(D)(3) of this section, then the participant's benefit to be
distributed at the current annuity starting date must be no less than
would be provided if that excess were included in the current
accumulated benefit.
(D) Comparison to reflect prior distributions. For a participant
who has more than one annuity starting date, the minimum guarantee
amount (described in paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this section), as
of the current annuity starting date, is compared to the sum of--
(1) The remaining balance of the participant's accumulated benefit,
as of the current annuity starting date, to which a minimum guaranteed
rate described in paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this section applies;
(2) The amount of the reduction to the participant's accumulated
benefit under the statutory hybrid benefit formula that is attributable
to any prior distribution of the participant's benefit under that
formula and to which a minimum guaranteed rate described in paragraph
(d)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this section applied, together with interest at
that minimum guaranteed rate annually from the prior annuity starting
date to the current annuity starting date; and
(3) Any amount that was treated as included in the accumulated
benefit under the rules of this paragraph (d)(6)(iii) as of any prior
annuity starting date, together with interest annually at the minimum
guaranteed rate that applied to the prior distribution from the prior
annuity starting date to the current annuity starting date.
(E) Application to portion of participant's benefit. A cumulative
floor described in this paragraph (d)(6)(iii) may be applied to a
portion of a participant's benefit, provided the requirements of this
paragraph (d)(6)(iii) are satisfied with respect to that portion of the
benefit. If a cumulative floor described in this paragraph (d)(6)(iii)
applies to a portion of a participant's benefit, only the principal
credits that are attributable to that portion of the participant's
benefit are taken into account in determining the amount of the
guarantee described in paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this section.
(e) * * *
(2) Plan termination--(i) In general. This paragraph (e)(2)
provides special rules that apply for purposes of determining certain
plan factors under a statutory hybrid benefit formula after the plan
termination date of a statutory hybrid plan. The terms of a statutory
hybrid plan must reflect the requirements of this paragraph (e)(2).
Paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section sets forth rules relating to the
interest crediting rate for interest crediting periods that end after
the plan termination date. Paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section sets
forth rules for converting a participant's accumulated benefit to an
annuity after the plan termination date. Paragraph (e)(2)(iv) of this
section sets forth rules of application. Paragraph (e)(2)(v) of this
section contains examples. The Commissioner may, in revenue rulings,
notices, or other guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin,
provide for additional rules that apply for purposes of this paragraph
(e)(2) and the plan termination provisions of section 411(b)(5)(B)(vi).
See Sec. 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter. See also regulations of
the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation for additional rules that
apply when a pension plan subject to Title IV of ERISA is terminated.
(ii) Interest crediting rates used to determine accumulated
benefits--(A) General rule. The interest crediting rate used under the
plan to determine a participant's accumulated benefit for interest
crediting periods that end after the plan termination date must be
equal to the average of the interest rates used under the plan during
the 5-year period ending on the plan termination date. Except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph (e)(2)(ii), the actual annual
interest rate (taking into account minimums, maximums, and other
adjustments) used to determine interest credits under the plan for each
of the interest crediting periods is used for purposes of determining
the average of the interest rates.
(B) Special rule for variable interest crediting rates that are
other rates of return--(1) Application to interest crediting periods.
This paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(B) applies for an interest crediting period
if the interest crediting rate that was used for that interest
crediting period was a rate of return described in paragraph (d)(5) of
this section. This paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(B) also applies for an interest
crediting period that begins before the first plan year that begins on
or after January 1, 2016, if the interest crediting rate that was used
for that interest crediting period had the potential to be negative.
For this purpose, a rate is not treated as having the potential to be
negative if it is a rate described in paragraph (d)(3) or (d)(4) of
this section or is any other rate that is based solely on current bond
yields.
(2) Use of substitution rate. For any interest crediting period to
which this paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(B) applies, for purposes of determining
the average of the interest rates under this paragraph (e)(2)(ii), the
interest rate used under the plan for the interest crediting period is
deemed to be equal to the substitution rate (as described in paragraph
(e)(2)(ii)(C) of this section) for the period.
(C) Definition of substitution rate. The substitution rate for any
interest crediting period equals the second segment rate under section
430(h)(2)(C)(ii) (determined without regard to section
430(h)(2)(C)(iv)) for the last calendar month ending before the
beginning of the interest crediting period, as adjusted to account for
any minimums or maximums that applied in the period (other than
cumulative floors under paragraph (d)(6)(iii) of this section), but
without regard to other reductions that applied in the period. Thus,
for example, if the actual interest crediting rate in an interest
crediting period is equal to the rate of return on plan assets, but not
greater than 5 percent, then the substitution rate for that interest
crediting period is equal to the lesser of the applicable second
segment rate for the period and 5 percent. However, if the actual
interest crediting rate for an interest crediting period is equal to
the rate of return on plan assets minus 200 basis points, then the
substitution rate for that interest crediting period is equal to the
applicable second segment rate for the period.
(D) Cumulative floors. Cumulative floors under paragraph
(d)(6)(iii) of this section that applied during the 5-year period
ending on the plan termination date are not taken into account for
purposes of determining the average of the interest rates under this
paragraph (e)(2)(ii). However, the rules of paragraph (d)(6)(iii) of
this section continue to apply to determine benefits as of annuity
starting dates on or after the plan termination date. Thus, if, as of
an annuity starting date on or after the plan termination date, the
benefit provided by applying an applicable cumulative minimum rate
under
[[Page 56466]]
paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this section exceeds the benefit
determined by applying interest credits to the participant's
accumulated benefit (with interest credits for interest crediting
periods that end after the plan termination date determined under this
paragraph (e)(2)), then that cumulative minimum rate is used to
determine benefits as of that annuity starting date.
(iii) Annuity conversion rates and factors--(A) Conversion factors
where a separate mortality table was used prior to plan termination--
(1) Use of a separate mortality table. This paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)
applies for purposes of converting a participant's accumulated benefit
to an annuity after the plan termination date if, for the entire 5-year
period ending on the plan termination date, the plan provides for a
mortality table in conjunction with an interest rate to be used to
convert a participant's accumulated benefit (or a portion thereof) to
an annuity. If this paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A) applies, then the plan is
treated as meeting the requirements of section 411(b)(5)(B)(i) and
paragraph (d)(1) of this section only if, for purposes of converting a
participant's accumulated benefit (or portion thereof) to an annuity
for annuity starting dates after the plan termination date, the
mortality table used is the table described in paragraph
(e)(2)(iii)(A)(2) of this section and the interest rate is the rate
described in paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(3) of this section.
(2) Specific mortality table. The mortality table used is the
mortality table specified under the plan for purposes of converting a
participant's accumulated benefit to an annuity as of the termination
date. This mortality table is used regardless of whether it was used
during the entire 5-year period ending on the plan termination date.
For purposes of applying this paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A)(2), if the
mortality table specified in the plan, as of the plan termination date,
is a mortality table that is updated to reflect expected improvements
in mortality experience (such as occurs with the applicable mortality
table under section 417(e)(3)), then the table used for an annuity
starting date after the plan termination date takes into account
updates through the annuity starting date.
(3) Specific interest rate. The interest rate used is the interest
rate specified under the plan for purposes of converting a
participant's accumulated benefit to an annuity for annuity starting
dates after the plan termination date. However, if the interest rate
used under the plan for purposes of converting a participant's
accumulated benefit to an annuity has not been the same fixed rate
during the 5-year period ending on the plan termination date, then the
interest rate used for purposes of converting a participant's
accumulated benefit to an annuity for annuity starting dates after the
plan termination date is the average interest rate that applied for
this purpose during the 5-year period ending on the plan termination
date.
(B) Tabular factors. If, as of the plan termination date, a tabular
annuity conversion factor (i.e., a single conversion factor that
combines the effect of interest and mortality) is used to convert a
participant's accumulated benefit (or a portion thereof) to an annuity
and that same fixed tabular annuity conversion factor has been used
during the entire 5-year period ending on the plan termination date,
then the plan satisfies the requirements of this paragraph (e)(2)(iii)
only if that same tabular annuity conversion factor continues to apply
after the plan termination date. However, if the tabular annuity
conversion factor used to convert a participant's accumulated benefit
(or a portion thereof) to an annuity is not described in the preceding
sentence (including any case in which the tabular annuity conversion
factor was a fixed conversion factor that changed during the 5-year
period ending on the plan termination date), then the plan satisfies
the requirements of this paragraph (e)(2)(iii) only if the tabular
annuity conversion factor used to convert a participant's accumulated
benefit (or a portion thereof) to an annuity for annuity starting dates
after the plan termination date is equal to the average of the tabular
annuity conversion factors used under the plan for that purpose during
the 5-year period ending on the plan termination date.
(C) Factor applicable where a separate mortality table was not used
for entire 5-year period prior to plan termination. If paragraph
(e)(2)(iii)(A) of this section does not apply (including any case in
which a separate mortality table was used in conjunction with a
separate interest rate to convert a participant's accumulated benefit
(or a portion thereof) to an annuity for only a portion of the 5-year
period ending on the plan termination date), then the plan is treated
as having used a tabular annuity conversion factor to convert a
participant's accumulated benefit (or a portion thereof) to an annuity
for the entire 5-year period ending on the plan termination date. As a
result, the rules of paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(B) of this section apply to
determine the annuity conversion factor used for purposes of converting
a participant's accumulated benefit (or portion thereof) to an annuity
for annuity starting dates after the plan termination date. For this
purpose, if a separate mortality table and separate interest rate
applied for a portion of the 5-year period, that mortality table and
interest rate are used to calculate an annuity conversion factor and
that factor is treated as having been the tabular annuity conversion
factor that applied for that portion of the 5-year period for purposes
of this paragraph (e)(2)(iii).
(D) Separate application with respect to optional forms. This
paragraph (e)(2)(iii) applies separately with respect to each optional
form of benefit on the date of plan termination. For this purpose, the
term optional form of benefit has the meaning given that term in Sec.
1.411(d)-3(g)(6)(ii), except that a change in the annuity conversion
factor used to determine a particular benefit is disregarded in
determining whether different optional forms exist. Thus, for example,
if, for the entire 5-year period ending on the plan termination date,
the plan provides for a mortality table in conjunction with an interest
rate to be used to determine annuities other than qualified joint and
survivor annuities, but for specified tabular factors to apply to
determine annuities that are qualified joint and survivor annuities,
then paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A) of this section applies for purposes of
annuities other than qualified joint and survivor annuities and
paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(B) of this section applies for purposes of
annuities that are qualified joint and survivor annuities. In addition,
if the annuity conversion factor used to determine a particular
qualified joint and survivor annuity has changed in the 5-year period
ending on the plan termination date, the different factors are averaged
for purposes of determining the annuity conversion factor that applies
after plan termination for that particular qualified joint and survivor
annuity.
(iv) Rules of application--(A) Average of interest rates for
crediting interest--(1) In general. For purposes of determining the
average of the interest rates under paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this
section, an interest crediting period is taken into account if the
interest crediting date for the interest crediting period is within the
5-year period ending on the plan termination date. The average of the
interest rates is determined as the arithmetic average of the annual
interest rates used for those interest crediting periods. If the
interest crediting periods taken into account are not all the same
length, then each rate is weighted to reflect the length of the
interest crediting period in which it applied. If the plan provides for
the
[[Page 56467]]
crediting of interest more frequently than annually, then interest
credits after the plan termination date must be prorated in accordance
with the rules of paragraph (d)(1)(iv)(C) of this section.
(2) Section 411(d)(6) protected accumulated benefit. In general,
the interest rate that was used for each interest crediting period is
the ongoing interest crediting rate that was specified under the plan
for that period, without regard to any interest rate that was used
prior to an amendment changing the interest crediting rate with respect
to a section 411(d)(6) protected benefit. However, if, as of the end of
the last interest crediting period that ends on or before the plan
termination date, the participant's accumulated benefit is based on a
section 411(d)(6) protected benefit that results from a prior amendment
to change the rate of interest crediting applicable under the plan,
then the pre-amendment interest rate is treated as having been used for
each interest crediting period after the date of the interest crediting
rate change (so that the amendment is disregarded).
(B) Average annuity conversion rates and factors--(1) In general.
For purposes of determining average annuity conversion interest rates
and average tabular annuity conversion factors under paragraph
(e)(2)(iii) of this section, an interest rate or tabular annuity
conversion factor is taken into account if the rate or conversion
factor applied under the terms of the plan to convert a participant's
accumulated benefit (or a portion thereof) to a benefit payable in the
form of an annuity during the 5-year period ending on the plan
termination date. The average is determined as the arithmetic average
of the interest rates or tabular factors used during that period. If
the periods in which the rates or factors that are averaged are not all
the same length, then each rate or factor is weighted to reflect the
length of the period in which it applied.
(2) Section 411(d)(6) protected annuity conversion factors. In
general, the annuity conversion interest rate or tabular annuity
conversion factor that was used for each period is the ongoing interest
rate or tabular factor that was specified under the plan for that
period, without regard to any rate or factor that was used under the
plan prior to an amendment changing the rate or factor with respect to
a section 411(d)(6) protected benefit. However, if, as of the plan
termination date, the participant's annuity benefit for an annuity
commencing at that date would be based on a section 411(d)(6) protected
benefit that results from a prior amendment to change the rate or
factor under the plan, then the pre-amendment rate or factor is treated
as having been used after the date of the amendment (so that the
amendment is disregarded).
(C) Blended rates. If, as of the plan termination date, the plan
determines interest credits by applying different rates to two or more
different predetermined portions of the accumulated benefit, then the
interest crediting rate that applies after the plan termination date is
determined separately with respect to each portion under the rules of
paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section.
(D) Participants with less than 5 years of interest credits upon
plan termination. If the plan provided for interest credits for any
interest crediting period in which, pursuant to the terms of the plan,
an individual was not eligible to receive interest credits (including
because the individual was not a participant or beneficiary in the
relevant interest crediting period), then, for purposes of determining
the individual's average interest crediting rate under paragraph
(e)(2)(ii) of this section, the individual is treated as though the
individual received interest credits in that period using the interest
crediting rate that applied in that period under the terms of the plan
to a similarly situated participant or beneficiary who was eligible to
receive interest credits.
(E) Plan termination date--(1) Plans subject to Title IV of ERISA.
In the case of a plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, the plan
termination date for purposes of this paragraph (e)(2) means the plan's
termination date established under section 4048(a) of ERISA.
(2) Other plans. In the case of a plan that is not subject to Title
IV of ERISA, the plan termination date for purposes of this paragraph
(e)(2) means the plan's termination date established by the plan
administrator, provided that the plan termination date may be no
earlier than the date on which the actions necessary to effect the plan
termination--other than the distribution of plan benefits--are taken.
However, a plan is not treated as terminated on the plan's termination
date if the assets are not distributed as soon as administratively
feasible after that date. See Rev. Rul. 89-87 (1989-2 CB 2), (see Sec.
601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter).
(v) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of this
paragraph (e)(2). In each case, it is assumed that the plan is
terminated in a standard termination.
Example 1. (i) Facts. (A) Plan A is a defined benefit plan with
a calendar plan year that expresses each participant's accumulated
benefit in the form of a hypothetical account balance to which
principal credits are made at the end of each calendar quarter and
to which interest is credited at the end of each calendar quarter
based on the balance at the beginning of the quarter. Interest
credits under Plan A are based on a rate of interest fixed at the
beginning of each plan year equal to the third segment rate for the
preceding December, except that the plan used the rate of interest
on 30-year Treasury bonds (instead of the third segment rate) for
plan years before 2013. The plan is terminated on March 3, 2017.
(B) The third segment rate credited under Plan A from January 1,
2013, through December 31, 2016, is assumed to be: 6 percent
annually for each of the four quarters in 2016; 6.5 percent annually
for each of the four quarters in 2015; 6 percent annually for each
of the four quarters in 2014; and 5.5 percent annually for each of
the four quarters in 2013. The rate of interest on 30-year Treasury
bonds credited under Plan A for each of the four quarters in 2012 is
assumed to be 4.4 percent annually.
(ii) Conclusion. Pursuant to paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this
section, the interest crediting rate used to determine accrued
benefits under the plan on and after the date of plan termination is
an annual rate of 5.68 percent (which is the arithmetic average of 6
percent, 6.5 percent, 6 percent, 5.5 percent, and 4.4 percent). In
accordance with the rules of paragraph (d)(1)(iv)(C) of this
section, the quarterly interest crediting rate after the plan
termination date is 1.42 percent (5.68 divided by 4).
Example 2. (i) Facts. The facts are the same as Example 1.
Participant S, who terminated employment before January 1, 2017, has
a hypothetical account balance of $100,000 when the plan is
terminated on March 3, 2017. Participant S commences distribution in
the form of a straight life annuity commencing on January 1, 2020.
For the entire 5-year period ending on the plan termination date,
the plan has provided that the applicable section 417(e) rates for
the preceding August are applied on the annuity starting date in
order to convert the hypothetical account balance to an annuity.
Based on the 5-year averages of the first segment rates, the second
segment rates, and the third segment rates as of the plan
termination date, and the applicable mortality table for the year
2020, the resulting conversion rate at the January 1, 2020 annuity
starting date is 166.67 for a monthly straight life annuity payable
to a participant whose age is the age of Participant S on January 1,
2020.
(ii) Conclusion. In accordance with the conclusion in Example 1,
the interest crediting rate after the plan termination date is 1.42
percent for each of the 12 quarterly interest crediting dates in the
period from March 3, 2017, through December 31, 2019, so that
Participant S's account balance is $118,436 on December 31, 2019. As
a result, using the annuity conversion rate of 166.67, the amount
payable to Participant S commencing on January 1, 2020 is $711 per
month.
Example 3. (i) Facts. The facts are the same as Example 1. In
addition, Participant
[[Page 56468]]
T commenced participation in Plan A on April 17, 2014.
(ii) Conclusion. In accordance with the conclusion in Example 1
and the rule of paragraph (e)(2)(iv)(D) of this section, the
quarterly interest crediting rate used to determine Participant T's
accrued benefits under Plan A on and after the date of plan
termination is 1.42 percent, which is the same rate that applies to
all participants and beneficiaries in Plan A after the termination
date (and that would have applied to Participant T if Participant T
had participated in the plan during the 5-year period preceding the
date of plan termination).
Example 4. (i) Facts. (A) Plan B is a defined benefit plan with
a calendar plan year that expresses each participant's accumulated
benefit in the form of a hypothetical account balance to which
principal credits are made at the end of each calendar year and to
which interest is credited at the end of each calendar year based on
the balance at the end of the preceding year. The plan is terminated
on January 27, 2018.
(B) The plan's interest crediting rate for each calendar year
during the entire 5-year period ending on the plan termination date
is equal to (A) 50 percent of the greater of the rate of interest on
3-month Treasury Bills for the preceding December and an annual rate
of 4 percent, plus (B) 50 percent of the rate of return on plan
assets. The rate of interest on 3-month Treasury Bills credited
under Plan B is assumed to be: 3.4 Percent for 2017; 4 percent for
2016; 4.5 percent for 2015; 3.5 percent for 2014; and 4.2 percent
for 2013. Each of these rates applied under Plan B for purposes of
determining the interest credits described in clause (A) of this
paragraph (i), except that the 4 percent minimum rate applied for
2017 and 2014. The second segment rate is assumed to be: 6 percent
for December 2016; 6 percent for December 2015; 6.5 percent for
December 2014; 6 percent for December 2013; and 5.5 percent for
December 2012.
(ii) Conclusion. Pursuant to paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this
section, the interest crediting rate used to determine accrued
benefits under the plan on and after the date of plan termination is
5.07 percent. This number is equal to the sum of 50 percent of 4.14
percent (which is the sum of 4 percent, 4 percent, 4.5 percent, 4
percent, and 4.2 percent, divided by 5), and 50 percent of 6 percent
(which is the average second segment rate applicable for the 5
interest crediting periods ending within the 5-year period, as
applied pursuant to the substitution rule described in paragraphs
(e)(2)(ii)(B) and (C) of this section).
Example 5. (i) Facts. The facts are the same as in Example 4,
except that the plan had credited interest before January 1, 2016,
using the rate of return on a specified RIC and had been amended
effective January 1, 2016, to base interest credits for all plan
years after 2015 on the interest rate formula described in paragraph
(i) of Example 4. In order to comply with section 411(d)(6), the
plan provides that, for each participant or beneficiary who was a
participant on December 31, 2015, benefits at any date are based on
either the ongoing hypothetical account balance on that date (which
is based on the December 31, 2015 balance, with interest credited
thereafter at the rate described in the first sentence of paragraph
(i) of Example 4 and taking principal credits after 2015 into
account) or a special hypothetical account balance (the pre-2016
balance) on that date, whichever balance is greater. For each
participant, the pre-2016 balance is a hypothetical account balance
equal to the participant's December 31, 2015 balance, with interest
credited thereafter at the RIC rate of return, but with no principal
credits after 2015. There are 10 participants for whom the pre-2016
balance exceeds the ongoing hypothetical account balance at the end
of 2017 (which is the end of the last interest crediting period that
ends on or before the January 27, 2018, plan termination date).
(ii) Conclusion. Because Plan B credited interest prior to 2016
using the rate of return on a RIC (a rate described in paragraph
(d)(5) of this section), for purposes of determining the average
interest crediting rate upon plan termination, the interest
crediting rate used to determine accrued benefits under Plan B for
all participants during those periods (for the calendar years 2013,
2014, and 2015) is equal to the second segment rate for December of
the calendar year preceding each interest crediting period. In
addition, because the pre-2016 balances exceeded the ongoing
hypothetical account balance for 10 participants in the last
interest crediting period prior to plan termination, for purposes of
determining the average interest crediting rate upon plan
termination, the interest crediting rate used to determine accrued
benefits under Plan B for 2016 and 2017 for those participants is
equal to the second segment rate for December 2015 and December
2016, respectively. For all other participants, for purposes of
determining the average interest crediting rate upon plan
termination, the interest crediting rate used to determine accrued
benefits under Plan B for 2016 and 2017 is based on the ongoing
interest crediting rate (as described in Example 4).
(3) * * * (i) * * * The right to future interest credits
determined in the manner specified under the plan and not
conditioned on future service is a factor that is used to determine
the participant's accrued benefit, for purposes of section
411(d)(6). * * * Paragraphs (e)(3)(ii) through (e)(3)(vi) of this
section set forth special rules that apply regarding the interaction
of section 411(d)(6) and changes to a plan's interest crediting
rate. * * *
(ii) * * *
(B) The effective date of the amendment is at least 30 days
after adoption of the amendment;
(C) On the effective date of the amendment, the new interest
crediting rate is not lower than the interest crediting rate that
would have applied in the absence of the amendment; and
(D) For plan years that begin on or after January 1, 2016, if
prior to the amendment the plan used a fixed annual floor in
connection with a rate described in paragraph (d)(4)(ii), (iii) or
(iv) of this section (as permitted under paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of
this section), the floor is retained after the amendment to the
maximum extent permissible under paragraph (d)(6)(ii)(A) of this
section.
(iii) Coordination of section 411(d)(6) and market rate of
return limitation--(A) In general. An amendment to a statutory
hybrid plan that preserves a section 411(d)(6) protected benefit is
subject to the rules under paragraph (d) of this section relating to
market rate of return. However, in the case of an amendment to
change a plan's interest crediting rate for periods after the
applicable amendment date from one interest crediting rate (the old
rate) that satisfies the requirements of paragraph (d) of this
section to another interest crediting rate (the new rate) that
satisfies the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section, the
plan's effective interest crediting rate is not in excess of a
market rate of return for purposes of paragraph (d) of this section
merely because the plan provides for the benefit of any participant
who is benefiting under the plan (within the meaning of Sec.
1.410(b)-3(a)) on the applicable amendment date to never be less
than what it would be if the old rate had continued but without
taking into account any principal credits (as defined in paragraph
(d)(1)(ii)(D) of this section) after the applicable amendment date.
(B) Multiple amendments. A pattern of repeated plan amendments
each of which provides for a prospective change in the plan's
interest crediting rate with respect to the benefit as of the
applicable amendment date will be treated as resulting in the
ongoing plan terms providing for an effective interest crediting
rate that is in excess of a market rate of return. See Sec.
1.411(d)-4, A-1(c)(1).
(iv) Change in lookback month or stability period used to
determine interest credits--(A) Section 411(d)(6) anti-cutback
relief. With respect to a plan using an interest crediting rate
described in paragraph (d)(3) or (d)(4) of this section,
notwithstanding the general rule of paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this
section, if a plan amendment changes the lookback month or stability
period used to determine interest credits, the amendment is not
treated as reducing accrued benefits in violation of section
411(d)(6) merely on account of this change if the conditions of this
paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(A) are satisfied. If the plan amendment is
effective on or after the adoption date, any interest credits
credited for the one-year period commencing on the date the
amendment is effective must be determined using the lookback month
and stability period provided under the plan before the amendment or
the lookback month and stability period after the amendment,
whichever results in the larger interest credits. If the plan
amendment is adopted retroactively (that is, the amendment is
effective prior to the adoption date), the plan must use the
lookback month and stability period resulting in the larger interest
credits for the period beginning with the effective date and ending
one year after the adoption date.
(B) Section 411(b)(5)(B)(i)(I) market rate of return relief. The
plan's effective interest crediting rate is not in excess of a
market rate
[[Page 56469]]
of return for purposes of paragraph (d) of this section merely
because a plan amendment complies with the requirements of paragraph
(e)(3)(iv)(A) of this section. However, a pattern of repeated plan
amendments each of which provides for a change in the lookback month
or stability period used to determine interest credits will be
treated as resulting in the ongoing plan terms providing for an
effective interest crediting rate that is in excess of a market rate
of return. See Sec. 1.411(d)-4, A-1(c)(1).
(v) RIC ceasing to exist. This paragraph (e)(3)(v) applies in
the case of a statutory hybrid plan that credits interest using an
interest crediting rate equal to the rate of return on a RIC
(pursuant to paragraph (d)(5)(iv) of this section) that ceases to
exist, whether as a result of a name change, liquidation, or
otherwise. In such a case, the plan is not treated as violating
section 411(d)(6) provided that the rate of return on the successor
RIC is substituted for the rate of return on the RIC that no longer
exists, for purposes of crediting interest for periods after the
date the RIC ceased to exist. In the case of a name change or merger
of RICs, the successor RIC means the RIC that results from the name
change or merger involving the RIC that no longer exists. In all
other cases, the successor RIC is a RIC selected by the plan sponsor
that has reasonably similar characteristics, including
characteristics related to risk and rate of return, as the RIC that
no longer exists.
(4) Actuarial increases after normal retirement age. A statutory
hybrid plan is not treated as providing an effective interest
crediting rate that is in excess of a market rate of return for
purposes of paragraph (d) of this section merely because the plan
provides that the participant's benefit, as of each annuity starting
date after normal retirement age, is equal to the greater of--
(i) The benefit based on the accumulated benefit determined
using an interest crediting rate that is not in excess of a market
rate of return under paragraph (d) of this section; and
(ii) The benefit that satisfies the requirements of section
411(a)(2).
(5) Plans that permit participant direction of interest
crediting rates. [Reserved]
* * * * *
(f) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) * * *
(B) Special effective date. Paragraphs (d)(1)(iii),
(d)(1)(iv)(D), (d)(1)(vi), (d)(2)(ii), (d)(4)(v), (d)(5)(ii)(B),
(d)(5)(iv), (d)(6), (e)(2), (e)(3)(iii), (e)(3)(iv), (e)(3)(v) and
(e)(4) of this section apply to plan years that begin on or after
January 1, 2016 (or an earlier date as elected by the taxpayer).
* * * * *
John Dalrymple,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and Enforcement.
Mark J. Mazur,
Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Tax Policy).
[FR Doc. 2014-22293 Filed 9-18-14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4830-01-P